Annual Statements Open main menu

ODP Corp - Annual Report: 2019 (Form 10-K)

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019

Or

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from                                      to                                     

Commission file number 1-10948

Office Depot, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

59-2663954

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

 

6600 North Military Trail, Boca Raton, Florida

 

33496

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(561) 438-4800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each class

 

Trading

Symbol(s)

 

Name of Each Exchange on which Registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

ODP

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market

(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days: Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files): Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2019 (based on the closing market price of the common stock on the Composite Tape on June 28, 2019) was approximately $1,109,692,554 (determined by subtracting from the number of shares outstanding on that date the number of shares held by affiliates of the registrant).

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, as of the latest practicable date: At February 19, 2020, there were 528,121,055 outstanding shares of Office Depot, Inc. Common Stock, $0.01 par value.

Documents Incorporated by Reference:

Certain information required for Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference to the Office Depot, Inc. definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after close of the registrant’s fiscal year.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

The order and presentation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”) differ from that of the traditional U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Form 10-K format. We believe that our format better presents the relevant sections of this document and enhances readability. See “Form 10-K Cross-Reference Index” within “Financial Statements and Supplemental Details” for a cross-reference index to the traditional SEC Form 10-K format.

 

 

 

 

Fundamentals of Our Business

 

Page

The Company

 

3

How We Organize Our Business

 

4

Our Capital

 

5

Our Strategy

 

6

Who Manages Our Business

 

9

Other Key Information

 

 

Risk Factors

 

11

Properties

 

21

Legal Proceedings

 

22

Market for Our Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

23

Selected Financial Data

 

25

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A)

 

 

Overview

 

27

Operating Results by Division

 

30

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

36

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

40

Significant Trends, Developments and Uncertainties

 

42

Market Sensitive Risks and Positions

 

42

Inflation and Seasonality

 

43

New Accounting Standards

 

44

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

44

Controls and Procedures

 

 

Management’s Disclosures

 

44

Auditor's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

45

Reference to the Proxy Statement

 

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

46

Executive Compensation

 

46

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

46

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

46

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

46

Financial Statements and Supplemental Details

 

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

47

Signatures

 

50

Auditor’s Report on the Financial Statements

 

52

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

55

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

56

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

57

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

58

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

59

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

60

Form 10-K Cross-Reference Index

 

103

 

 

 

1


Table of Contents

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 (“Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Reform Act”), that involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include both historical information and other information that can be used to infer future performance. Examples of historical information include annual financial statements and the commentary on past performance contained in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”). While certain information has specifically been identified as being forward-looking in the context of its presentation, we caution you that, with the exception of information that is historical, all the information contained in this Annual Report should be considered to be “forward-looking statements” as referred to in the Reform Act. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, any time we use the words “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “continue” and similar expressions, we intend to clearly express that the information deals with possible future events and is forward-looking in nature. Certain information in our MD&A is clearly forward-looking in nature, and without limiting the generality of the preceding cautionary statements, we specifically advise you to consider all of our MD&A in the light of the cautionary statements set forth herein.

Much of the information in this Annual Report that looks towards future performance of Office Depot, Inc. and its subsidiaries is based on various factors and important assumptions about future events that may or may not actually come true. As a result, our operations and financial results in the future could differ materially and substantially from those we have discussed in this Annual Report. Significant factors that could impact our future results are provided in “Risk Factors” within Other Key Information included in this Annual Report. Other risk factors are incorporated into the text of our MD&A, which should itself be considered a statement of future risks and uncertainties, as well as management’s view of our businesses. We assume no obligation (and specifically disclaim any such obligation) to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

In this Annual Report, unless the context otherwise requires, the “Company,” “Office Depot,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Office Depot, Inc. and its subsidiaries.


2


Table of Contents

 

THE COMPANY

We were incorporated in the state of Delaware in 1986 and opened our first retail store in Fort Lauderdale, Florida on October 9, 1986. Since then, we have become a leading provider of business services and supplies, products and technology solutions to small, medium and enterprise businesses, through our fully integrated business-to-business (“B2B”) distribution platform of 1,307 retail stores, online presence, and dedicated sales professionals and technicians, all supported by our world-class supply chain facilities and delivery operations. Through our banner brands Office Depot®, OfficeMax®, CompuCom® and Grand & Toy®, as well as others, we offer our customers the tools and resources they need to focus on starting, growing and running their businesses.

Our long-term strategy to deliver customer-focused value through our integrated B2B distribution platform is founded on three strategic pillars:

 

TRANSFORM

 

STRENGTHEN

 

DISRUPT

our business

 

our core

 

for our future

 

 

 

 

 

Grow CompuCom

 

Business services growth

 

Retail optimization

 

Grow B2B businesses

 

Low cost business model

 

Leverage distribution assets

 

Expand product and service offerings

 

Supply Chain as a service

 

Analytics Excellence / AI

 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol ODP.

FISCAL YEAR

Our fiscal year results are based on a 52- or 53-week calendar ending on the last Saturday in December. Fiscal year 2019 had 52 weeks and ended on December 28, 2019. Fiscal year 2018 had 52 weeks and ended on December 29, 2018. Fiscal year 2017 had 52 weeks and ended on December 30, 2017. Certain subsidiaries, including CompuCom, operate on a calendar year basis; however, the reporting difference did not have a material impact on 2019 and the other periods presented.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We make available, free of charge, on the “Investor Relations” section of our website, www.officedepot.com, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers, such as the Company, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov.

Additionally, our corporate governance materials, including our bylaws, corporate governance guidelines, charters of the Audit, Compensation, and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committees, and our code of ethical behavior may be found under the “Investor Relations” section of our website, www.officedepot.com.

3


Table of Contents

 

HOW WE ORGANIZE OUR BUSINESS

 

At December 28, 2019, our operations are organized into three reportable segments (or “Divisions”): Business Solutions Division, which we also refer to as BSD, Retail Division and CompuCom Division. The CompuCom Division was formed after the acquisition of CompuCom Systems, Inc. (“CompuCom”) on November 8, 2017. Additional information regarding our Divisions and operations in geographic areas is presented in MD&A and in Note 5. “Segment Information” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements located in Financial Statements and Supplemental Details of this Annual Report.

BUSINESS SOLUTIONS DIVISION

The Business Solutions Division, or BSD, is the largest component of our integrated B2B platform and provides our customers with nationally branded as well as our private branded office supply products and services. Additionally, BSD provides adjacency products and services including cleaning and breakroom supplies, technology services, copy and print services, and office furniture products and services in the United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Canada through a dedicated sales force, catalogs, telesales, and electronically through our Internet websites. Adjacency products primarily include cleaning and breakroom supplies, technology and furniture and our service offerings are comprised of copy and print services, product subscriptions, and managed print and fulfillment services. BSD includes the distribution businesses we have acquired as part of our strategic transformation described within Our Strategy.

The Business Solutions Division is comprised of two main sales channels: contract and direct.

Our contract sales channel serves business customers including small, medium, and enterprise businesses as well as schools and local, state and national governmental agencies. We also enter into agreements with consortiums to sell to entities across many industries, including government and non-profit entities, in non-exclusive buying arrangements.

Our direct sales channel primarily serves small to medium-sized customers. Direct customers can order products through our eCommerce platform, from our catalogs, or by phone. Website functionality provides customers the convenience of using the loyalty program and offers suggestions by product ratings, pricing, and brand, among other features. Customer orders are fulfilled through our supply chain. See “Supply Chain” within Our Strategy for additional information on our supply chain network.

We have implemented several initiatives to strengthen the core of our Business Solutions Division, including the following:

 

improving our sales efficiency and value proposition;

 

expanding through strategic acquisitions that increase selling resources in the field, stretch our geographical reach, grow our small and medium-sized business customer base, and increase our sales in the aforementioned adjacency categories;

 

focus on demand-generation via a shift to digital marketing and investment in our eCommerce platform;

 

improve customer acquisition and retention trends by realigning our sales organization;

 

drive sales in our adjacency categories by adding dedicated selling and operational resources;

 

partnering with key vendors to add new products to our assortment of offerings;

 

capturing cross-selling opportunities with CompuCom; and

 

increasing our focus on services, including growing current offerings in technology and print, and identifying new services that complement our existing product and fulfillment capabilities.

RETAIL DIVISION

The Retail Division markets a broad assortment of merchandise through our chain of retail stores throughout the United States, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The retail stores operate under both the Office Depot and OfficeMax brands, though systems, processes and offerings have converged. We currently offer products in three categories: supplies, technology, and furniture and other. See “Merchandising and Services” within Our Strategy for additional information on our product categories. In addition, our Retail Division offers a range of business-related services targeted to small businesses, technology support services as well as printing, copying, mailing and shipping services. The print needs for retail and business customers are also facilitated through our regional print production centers.

 

4


Table of Contents

 

At the end of 2019, the Retail Division operated 1,307 retail stores which includes locations temporarily closed for remodeling. We have a broad representation across North America with the largest concentration of our retail stores in Texas, California, and Florida. Most of our retail stores are located in leased facilities that currently average over 20,000 square feet. To better serve our customers any way they choose to shop, we have a Buy Online-Pickup in Store (“BOPIS”) offering in all locations and offer same-day store delivery in selected markets. Sales under these programs are serviced by store employees and fulfilled with store inventory and therefore are reported in the Retail Division results.

 

In 2018, we introduced a variety of business services focused on “human touch” expertise to small and medium-sized businesses. The new offerings provide customers with enhanced tools and services as well as access to remote and in-person advisors and technical support, including tech services kiosks in more than 200 retail stores. Our services also include payroll support, bookkeeping, storage and shredding, shipping and printing, and workspace planning and assembly services. We offer these business services on our eCommerce platform, in store, and through a dedicated sales team. Since 2018, we have transformed nine of our retail locations to include integrated co-working spaces to help small business owners, entrepreneurs, freelancers, remote workers and startups achieve their goals in a flexible and modern environment.

Since we implemented our Comprehensive Business Review in 2016, we have closed a total of 208 retail stores and focused on reducing our operating and general and administrative expenses in order to optimize our asset base and drive operational efficiencies. In addition, we expect to close 90 stores in 2020 and 2021 as part of our Business Acceleration Program, which is a company-wide, multi- year, cost reduction and business improvement program.

COMPUCOM DIVISION

The CompuCom Division was formed after our acquisition of CompuCom Systems, Inc. on November 8, 2017. CompuCom is a technology service provider supporting the distributed technology needs of enterprise organizations in the United States and Canada. With a vision of connecting people, technology, and the edge with a seamless experience, CompuCom enables enterprise employees to be productive. CompuCom offers a broad range of solutions including technology lifecycle management, end user computing and collaboration, service desk, remote technology monitoring and management, and IT workforce solutions.

CompuCom’s unique capabilities allow us to enhance our service offerings and attract new customers. The minimal overlap between CompuCom’s customer base and the customer base of our Business Solutions and Retail Divisions allows us to capture cross-selling opportunities by offering a full suite of products and services. We are leveraging our more than 6,800 CompuCom technicians to serve our extensive small, medium-sized, and large enterprise business customers who require technical support.

OUR CAPITAL

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We currently operate under the brand names Office Depot®, OfficeMax®, CompuCom®, Grand & Toy®, as well as others. We hold trademark registrations domestically and worldwide and have numerous other applications pending worldwide for the names “Office Depot,” “OfficeMax,” “TUL,” “Ativa,” “Foray,” “Realspace,” “WorkPro,” “Brenton Studio,” “Highmark” and others. As with all domestic trademarks, our trademark registrations in the United States are for a ten-year period and are renewable prior to their respective expirations, as long as the trademarks are used in the regular course of trade. We also hold issued patents and pending patent applications domestically for certain private brand products, such as shredders, office chairs and writing instruments.

EMPLOYEES

As of January 25, 2020, we had approximately 40,000 employees.

5


Table of Contents

 

OUR STRATEGY

 

STRATEGIC TRANSFORMATION

 

Since 2017, we have been undergoing a strategic business transformation to pivot Office Depot into an integrated B2B distribution platform, with the objective of expanding our product offerings to include value-added services for our customers and capture greater market share. As part of this transformation, we acquired CompuCom in 2017 and an enterprise IT solutions integrator and managed services provider in 2018.

 

We continue to expand our reach and distribution network through acquisitions of profitable regional office supply distribution businesses, serving small and mid-market customers. Many of these customers are in geographic areas that were previously underserved by our network. This has allowed for an effective and accretive means to expand our distribution reach, target new business customers and grow our offerings beyond traditional office supplies.

The operating results of the acquired office supply distribution businesses are combined with our operating results subsequent to their purchase dates and are included in the Business Solutions Division. The operating results of CompuCom and the enterprise IT solutions integrator and managed services provider are included in the CompuCom Division. Refer to Note 2. “Acquisitions” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

SUPPLY CHAIN

We operate a network of distribution centers (“DCs”) and crossdock facilities across the United States, Puerto Rico, and Canada, including two DCs which support the operations of CompuCom. Our DCs fulfill customer orders, while crossdocks are smaller flow-through facilities where merchandise is sorted for distribution and shipped to fulfill the inventory needs of our retail locations. Our supply chain operations are also supported by a dedicated fleet of over 1,000 transportation vehicles. With our network of DCs, crossdocks, and vehicles, we are capable of providing next-day delivery services for approximately 98.5% of the population in the United States.

 

We continue to invest in our supply chain network, focusing on further enhancing our capabilities, increasing efficiency and lowering our costs. For example, we have grown our private fleet of transportation vehicles and introduced automated technology and robotics into our DCs and crossdock facilities. These investments position us to pursue opportunities beyond our traditional business, including utilizing our supply chain as a logistics service for third parties, including customers.

Excluding the two DCs supporting the CompuCom operations, DC and crossdock facilities’ costs, such as real estate, technology, labor, depreciation and inventory are allocated to the Retail and Business Solutions Divisions based on the relative services provided. For the two DCs supporting the CompuCom operations, these costs are included within the CompuCom Division.

We believe that inventory held in our DCs is at levels sufficient to meet current and anticipated customer needs. Certain purchases are sent directly from the manufacturer, industry wholesaler or other primary supplier to our customers or retail stores. Some supply chain facilities and some retail locations also house sales offices, showrooms, and administrative offices supporting our contract sales channel.

As of December 28, 2019, we operated a total of 67 DCs and crossdock facilities in the United States and Canada. Refer to “Properties” within Other Key Information for more details.

Out-bound delivery and inbound direct import operations are currently provided by third-party carriers along with our own vehicles.

MERCHANDISING AND SERVICES

Our merchandising and services strategy is to meet our customers’ needs by offering a broad selection of nationally branded office supply and adjacency products, as well as our own private branded products and services. The selection of our private branded products has increased in breadth and level of sophistication over time. We currently offer products under such labels, including Office Depot®, OfficeMax®, Foray®, Ativa®, TUL®, Realspace®, WorkPro®, Brenton Studio®, Highmark®, and Grand & Toy®.

 

We generally classify our product offerings into three categories: (1) supplies, (2) technology, and (3) furniture and other. The supplies category includes products such as paper, writing instruments, office supplies, and cleaning and breakroom supplies. The technology category includes products such as toner and ink, printers, computers, tablets and accessories, and electronic storage. The furniture and other category includes products such as desks, seating, and luggage.

 

6


Table of Contents

 

We classify our service offerings into two categories: (1) technology and (2) copy, print, and other. The technology category includes the technology service offerings provided through our CompuCom Division, such as technology lifecycle management, end user computing and collaboration, service desk, remote technology monitoring and management, and IT workforce solutions, as well as technology service offerings provided in our retail stores, such as equipment installation and repair. The copy, print, and other category includes offerings such as printing of business cards, banners, documents and promotional products, copying and photo services, managed print and fulfillment services, product and service subscriptions, and sales of third party software, gift cards, warranties, remote support as well as rental income on operating lease arrangements where the Company conveys to its customers the right to use devices and other equipment for a stated period.

Total Company sales by offering were as follows:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Major products and services categories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplies

 

 

43.7

%

 

 

42.7

%

 

 

45.0

%

Technology**

 

 

30.2

%

 

 

31.5

%

 

 

34.7

%

Furniture and other

 

 

11.0

%

 

 

10.4

%

 

 

11.3

%

Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology**

 

 

6.8

%

 

 

7.9

%

 

 

1.5

%

Copy, print, and other

 

 

8.3

%

 

 

7.5

%

 

 

7.5

%

Total

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

** 2017 includes technology product and services sales of CompuCom subsequent to the acquisition date of November 8, 2017.

We buy substantially all of our merchandise directly from manufacturers, industry wholesalers, and other primary suppliers, and source our private branded products from domestic and offshore sources. We enter into arrangements with vendors that can lower our unit product costs if certain volume thresholds or other criteria are met. For additional discussion regarding these arrangements, refer to “Critical Accounting Policies” in MD&A.

We operate separate merchandising functions in the United States and Canada. Each function is responsible for selecting, purchasing, managing the product life cycle of our inventory, and managing pricing for all channels. Organizationally, they are aligned under the same Corporate leadership. In recent years, we have increasingly used global offerings across the regions to further reduce our product cost while maintaining product quality.

We operate a global sourcing office in Shenzhen, China, which allows us to better manage our product sourcing, logistics and quality assurance. This office consolidates our purchasing power with Asian factories and, in turn, helps us to increase the scope of our own branded offerings.

SALES AND MARKETING

We regularly assess consumer shopping behaviors in order to refine our strategy and curate the desired product assortment, shopping environment and purchasing methods. Identifying the most desirable and effective way to reach our customers and allowing them to shop through whichever channel they prefer will continue to be a priority. These efforts have impacted the extent, format and vehicles we use to advertise to and reach customers, our web page design, promotions and product offerings.

Our marketing programs are designed to attract and retain customers, drive frequency of customer visits, increase customer spend in our stores and websites, and build brand awareness. We have shifted a meaningful amount of our marketing efforts in recent periods to digital programs that enhance personalized offerings and promote customer satisfaction, and include the use of social media platforms. We also continue to advertise through traditional marketing vehicles such as national and local TV, radio, billboards, major newspapers in most of our North American markets and direct mail and catalogues.

Our customer loyalty and other incentive programs provide our customers with rewards that can be applied towards future purchases or other incentives. These programs enable us to effectively market to our customers and may change as customer preferences shift.

We perform periodic competitive pricing analyses to monitor each market, and prices are adjusted as necessary to further our competitive positioning. We generally target our pricing to be competitive with other resellers of office products and providers of business services and technology solutions.

Our customer acquisition efforts regularly shift to vehicles and formats found to be most productive for reaching the targeted customer. We acquire customers through e-mail and social media campaigns, online affiliate connections, on-premises sales calls,

7


Table of Contents

 

outbound sales calls, and catalogs, among others. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total consolidated sales or receivables in 2019, 2018 or 2017. Additionally, we believe that none of our business segments is dependent upon a single customer or a few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect in our consolidated results of operations.

SEASONALITY

Our business experiences a certain level of seasonality, with sales generally trending lower in the second quarter, following the “back-to-business” sales cycle in the first quarter and preceding the “back-to-school” sales cycle in the third quarter and the holiday sales cycle in the fourth quarter for our Business Solutions and Retail Divisions. The CompuCom Division generally does not experience notable seasonality. Certain working capital components may build and recede during the year reflecting established selling cycles. Business cycles can and have impacted our operations and financial position when compared to other periods.

INDUSTRY AND COMPETITION

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our Business Solutions and Retail Divisions compete with office supply stores, wholesale clubs, discount stores, mass merchandisers, online retailers, food and drug stores, computer and electronics superstores and direct marketing companies. These companies compete with us in substantially all of our current markets. Increased competition in the office products markets, together with increased advertising, and Internet-based search tools, has heightened price awareness among end-users. Such heightened price awareness has led to sales and margin pressure on our office products categories and has impacted our results. In addition to price, we also compete based on customer service, the quality and extent of product selection and convenience. Other office supply retail companies market similarly to us in terms of store format, pricing strategy, product selection and product availability in the markets where we operate. Some of our competitors are larger than us and have greater financial resources, which provide them with greater purchasing power, increased financial flexibility and more capital resources for expansion and improvement, which may enable them to compete more effectively. We anticipate that in the future we will continue to face high levels of competition from these companies.

We believe our robust field sales forces, dedicated customer service associates and the efficiency and convenience for our customers from our combined contract and direct sales distribution channels position our Business Solutions Division well to compete with other business-to-business office products distributors.

We believe our Retail Division competes favorably against competitors based on convenience, location, the quality of our customer service, our store layouts, the range and depth of our merchandise offering and our pricing.

The CompuCom Division operates in an environment that is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to shifting client needs and expectations. We compete with companies that provide IT services and outsourcing, as well as companies that sell IT related products. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include technical expertise, geographic reach, and the ability to provide compelling solutions to meet the needs of end users and distributed technology. We believe our CompuCom Division successfully competes based on the quality of our customer service, the geographic reach of our services, and the breadth of our offerings.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

As both a significant user and seller of paper products, we have developed environmental practices that are values-based and market-driven. Our environmental initiatives center on three guiding principles: (1) recycling and pollution reduction; (2) sustainable forest management; and (3) issue awareness and market development for environmentally preferable products. We offer thousands of different products containing recycled content and technology recycling services.

Office Depot continues to implement environmental programs in line with our stated environmental vision to “increasingly buy green, be green and sell green” — including environmental sensitivity in our packaging, operations and sales offerings. We have been commended for our leadership position for our facility design, recycling efforts, and ‘green’ product offerings. Additional information on our green product offerings can be found at www.officedepot.com/buygreen.

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations related to historical OfficeMax operations of paper and forest products businesses and timberland assets. We record environmental and asbestos liabilities, and accrue losses associated with these obligations, when probable and reasonably estimable. We record a separate insurance recovery receivable when considered probable. Refer to “Legal Proceedings” within Other Key Information for more details.

8


Table of Contents

 

WHO MANAGES OUR BUSINESS

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following information is provided regarding the executive officers of Office Depot.

Gerry P. Smith — Age: 56

Mr. Smith was appointed to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and a Director effective February 27, 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Smith was at Lenovo Group Limited (“Lenovo”) since 2006, most recently as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Lenovo since 2016 where he was responsible for all operations across Lenovo’s global product portfolio. Prior to assuming this role, also in 2016, Mr. Smith was Executive Vice President and President, Data Center Group. From 2015 to 2016, he served as Chief Operating Officer of the Personal Computing Group and Enterprise Business Group, and from 2013 to 2015 he served as President of the Americas. In these roles, Mr. Smith oversaw Lenovo’s fast-growing enterprise business worldwide and Lenovo’s overall business in the America’s region. Prior to that, Mr. Smith was President, North America and Senior Vice President, Global Operations of Lenovo from 2012 to 2013, and Senior Vice President of Global Supply Chain of Lenovo from 2006 until 2012 where he was responsible for end-to-end supply chain management. Prior to Lenovo, Mr. Smith held a number of executive positions at Dell Inc. from 1994 until 2006, as the company became a global leader in personal computers.

N. David Bleisch — Age: 60

Mr. Bleisch was appointed to serve as our Executive Vice President, Chief Legal & Administrative Officer and Corporate Secretary in August 2018. Previously he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary from September 2017 to August 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bleisch was Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer for The ADT Corporation (“ADT”) from September 2012 through May 2016, where he managed the legal, environmental, health and safety, government affairs and corporate governance matters. Prior to assuming this role, Mr. Bleisch served in several leadership roles at Tyco International before being appointed Vice President and General Counsel of Tyco Security Solutions. Before joining Tyco, Mr. Bleisch was Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of The LTV Corporation. Before LTV, Mr. Bleisch was a partner with Jackson Walker LLP. He currently serves on the Board of Directors for the Education Foundation of Palm Beach County.

Jerri L. DeVard — Age: 61

Ms. DeVard was appointed to serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Customer Officer in January 2018. In this role, Ms. DeVard leads Customer Service, Marketing and Communications functions. Ms. DeVard joined us in September 2017 as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer. Prior to joining us, Ms. DeVard was Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer for ADT from April 2014 to June 2016. Prior to ADT, Ms. DeVard held various marketing leadership positions for Nokia, Verizon and Citigroup. She currently serves on the Board of Directors for Under Armour, Inc. and Cars.com.

John W. Gannfors — Age: 54

Mr. Gannfors was appointed to serve as our Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising and Supply Chain Officer in August 2018. Previously Mr. Gannfors served as Executive Vice President, Transformation, Strategic Sourcing and Supply Chain from July 2017 to August 2018, and as our Executive Vice President, Transformation and Strategic Sourcing when he joined the Company in April 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gannfors served as Chief Procurement Officer at Lenovo Group Limited, where he spent nearly ten years. Prior to assuming this role, Mr. Gannfors served in various leadership roles at Dell. Mr. Gannfors began his career in Product Management at Lockheed Martin’s Calcomp division, as well as Definicon Systems.

Todd Hale — Age: 47

Mr. Hale was appointed to serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer in August 2016. Previously, Mr. Hale served as our Senior Vice President, North American Chief Information Officer. Mr. Hale joined us in 2004 where he held several positions of increasing levels of responsibility such as Director, IT Supply Chain Systems; Senior Director, Merchandising, Marketing and Inventory Management Systems; and Vice President, North American Chief Information Officer and Vice President of Applications Development. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hale held various IT leadership positions with the Eckerd Corporation. He began his career in retail consulting for Proctor & Gamble and Walmart.

9


Table of Contents

 

Kevin Moffitt — Age: 46

Mr. Moffitt was appointed to serve as our Executive Vice President, Chief Retail Officer in November 2018. Previously, Mr. Moffitt served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Retail Officer from January 2018 to November 2018; Senior Vice President, Chief Digital Officer in 2017; Senior Vice President, eCommerce & Direct Business Unit Leader from 2016 to 2017; and as our Vice President, eCommerce Product Management and Customer Experience from 2012 to 2016. Prior to joining us, he held several leadership roles at Dillards and Crossview.

Stephen M. Mohan — Age: 43

Mr. Mohan was appointed to serve as our Executive Vice President, Business Solutions Division in May 2019. Prior to joining us, Mr. Mohan served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing, North American Transportation at XPO Logistics, Inc., a transportation and logistics company, from October 2017 to May 3, 2019. Prior to joining XPO Logistics, Mr. Mohan served as Executive Vice President and Chief Sales Officer at Clean Harbors, an environmental, energy and industrial services company, from October 2016 to February 2017 and Senior Vice President, Field Sales for Republic Services, Inc., a waste collection and energy services company, from September 2009 to September 2016. His career began in 1999 at Reed Business Information, where he led acquisition and management of a large account portfolio for a leading provider of data and business information solutions.

John “Mick” Slattery — Age: 51

Mr. Slattery was appointed to serve as our President, CompuCom Division in June 2019. Mr. Slattery has nearly 30 years of experience in the technology-enabled business services space, and most recently served as the Chief Executive Officer of Conduent Transportation LLC, a division of Conduent, Inc., a technology-led business process services company. Prior to joining Conduent in 2018, Mr. Slattery was a founding executive team member of Avanade, Inc., a global professional services company providing IT consulting and services and was formed as a joint venture between Accenture plc and Microsoft Corporation. During his 17-year career with Avanade, Mr. Slattery served in a series of roles with increasing levels of responsibility, and ultimately served as President, North America. Prior to joining Avanade, Mr. Slattery served as Associate Partner, Communications & High Tech at Accenture plc.


10


Table of Contents

 

OTHER KEY INFORMATION

RISK FACTORS

In addition to risks and uncertainties in the ordinary course of business that are common to all businesses, important factors that are specific to us and our industry could materially impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and future performance and results. You should carefully consider the risks described below in our subsequent periodic filings with the SEC. The following risk factors should be read in conjunction with the MD&A and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Annual Report.

Risks related to our business

Our business is highly competitive and failure to adequately differentiate ourselves or respond to the decline in general office supplies sales or to shifting consumer demands could continue to adversely impact our financial performance.

The office products market is highly competitive and we compete locally, domestically and internationally with office supply resellers, including Staples, Internet-based companies such as Amazon.com, mass merchandisers such as Wal-Mart and Target, wholesale clubs such as Costco, Sam’s Club and BJs, computer and electronics superstores such as Best Buy, food and drug stores, discount stores, and direct marketing companies. Some competitors may offer a broader assortment of products or have more extensive e-commerce channels, while others have substantially greater financial resources to devote to sourcing, marketing and selling their products. The ability of consumers to compare prices using smartphones and digital technology puts additional pressure on us to maintain competitive pricing. In addition, consumers are utilizing more technology and purchasing less paper, ink and toner, physical file storage and general office supplies. In order to achieve and maintain expected profitability levels, we must continue to grow by adding new customers and taking market share from competitors. If we are not able to compete effectively, it could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

The retail sector continues to focus on delivery services, with customers increasingly seeking faster, guaranteed delivery times and low-price or free shipping. Our ability to be competitive on delivery times and delivery costs depends on many factors, and our failure to successfully manage these factors and offer competitive delivery options could negatively impact the demand for our products and our profit margins. Because our business strategy is based on offering superior levels of customer service and a full range of services to complement the products we offer, our cost structure might be higher than some of our competitors, and this, in conjunction with price transparency, could put pressure on our margins.

In addition, the CompuCom Division operates in an environment that is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to shifting client needs and expectations. We compete with companies that provide IT services and outsourcing, as well as companies that sell IT related products. If we are unable to: (i) provide technology solutions and services that meet consumer needs; (ii) continuously procure products that are up-to-date and among the latest trends in the rapidly changing technological environment; (iii) differentiate ourselves from other retailers who sell similar products; and (iv) effectively compete, our sales and financial performance could be negatively impacted.

Our focus on services as a strategic priority exposes us to certain risks that could have a material adverse impact on our revenue and profitability as well as our reputation.

Our transformation into a more business services-driven platform that delivers a full range of services complements our product offerings, including consultation, design, delivery, installation, set-up, protection plans, repair, and technical support. These services can differentiate us from many of our competitors and provide an opportunity to deliver superior customer service while generating additional revenue and profit. However, designing, marketing and executing these services successfully and consistently is subject to risks. These risks include, for example:

 

increased labor expense to fulfill our customer promises, which may be higher than the related revenue;

 

unpredictable warranty failure rates and related expenses;

 

employees in transit using company vehicles to deliver products or services to customers; these factors may increase our scope of liability related to our employees’ actions; and

 

employees having access to customer devices, including the information held on those devices, which may increase our responsibility for the security of those devices and the data they hold.

11


Table of Contents

 

As customers increasingly migrate to websites and mobile applications to initiate transactions, it is inherently more difficult to demonstrate and explain the features and benefits of our service offerings, which can lead to a lower revenue mix of these services. Our ability to compete successfully depends on our ability to ensure a continuing and timely introduction of innovative new products, services and technologies to the marketplace. If we are unable to pivot into a more business services-driven platform and sell innovative new products, our ability to gain a competitive advantage could be adversely affected.

These expanded risks increase the complexity of our business and places significant responsibility on our management, employees, operations, systems, technical expertise, financial resources, and internal financial and regulatory control and reporting functions. In addition, new initiatives we test through trials and pilots may not scale or grow effectively or as we expected, which could limit our growth and negatively affect our operating results. They may also involve significant laws or regulations that are beyond our current expertise.

Our business strategy includes making acquisitions and investments that complement our existing business. These acquisitions and investments could be unsuccessful or consume significant resources, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Our ability to achieve the benefits we anticipate from acquisitions we make will depend in large part upon whether we are able to leverage the capabilities of the acquired companies to grow revenue across our combined organization, manage the acquired company’s business, execute our strategy in an efficient and effective manner and realize anticipated cost synergies. In addition, private companies recently acquired which were previously not subject to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”), may lack certain internal controls, which could ultimately affect our ability to ensure compliance with the requirements of SOX.

Because our business and the business of acquired companies may differ operationally, we may not be able to effectively manage or oversee the operations of the acquired company’s business smoothly or successfully and the process of achieving expected revenue growth and cost synergies may take longer than expected. If we are unable to successfully manage the operations of the acquired company’s business, we may be unable to realize the revenue growth, cost synergies and other anticipated benefits we expect to achieve as a result of the acquisition.

If we are unable to successfully maintain a relevant omni-channel experience for our customers, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

With the increasing use of computers, tablets, mobile phones and other devices to shop in our stores and online, we offer full and mobile versions of our website and applications for mobile phones and tablets. In addition, we use social media as a means of interacting with our customers and enhancing their shopping experiences. We rely on our omni-channel capabilities to provide a seamless shopping experience to our customers and to keep pace with new developments by our competitors. If we are unable to attract and retain team members or contract third parties with the specialized skills needed to support our omni-channel platforms or are unable to implement improvements to our customer-facing technology in a timely manner, our ability to compete and our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, if our website and our other customer-facing technology systems do not function as designed, the customer experience could be negatively affected, resulting in a loss of customer confidence and satisfaction, and lost sales, which could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

Our failure to effectively manage our real estate portfolio may negatively impact our operating results.

Effective management of our real estate portfolio is critical to our omni-channel strategy. Most of our properties are subject to long-term leases. As such, it is essential that we effectively evaluate a range of factors that may influence the success of our long-term real estate strategy. Such factors include but are not limited to:

 

changing patterns of customer consumption and behavior, particularly in light of an evolving omni-channel environment;

 

the appropriate number of stores in our portfolio;

 

the formats and sizes of our stores;

 

the locations of our stores;

 

the interior layouts of our stores;

 

the trade area demographics and economic data of each of our stores;

 

the local competitive positioning in and around our stores;

 

the primary term lease commitment for each store;

12


Table of Contents

 

 

the long-term lease option coverage for each store;

 

the occupancy cost of our stores relative to market rents;

 

our supply chain network strategy; and

 

our ongoing network of service locations.

The consequences for failure to effectively evaluate these factors or negotiate appropriate terms or anticipate changes could include:

 

having to close stores and abandon the related assets, while retaining the financial commitments of the leases;

 

incurring significant costs to remodel or transform our stores;

 

having stores, supply chain or service locations that no longer meet the needs of our business; and

 

bearing excessive lease expenses.

These consequences could have a materially adverse impact on our profitability, cash flows and liquidity.

For leased property, the financial impact of exiting a location varies greatly depending on, among other factors, the terms of the lease, the condition of the local real estate market, demand for the specific property, our relationship with the landlord and the availability of potential sub-lease tenants. It is difficult for us to influence some of these factors, and the costs of exiting a property can be significant. In addition to rent, we are still responsible for the maintenance, taxes, insurance and common area maintenance charges for vacant properties until the lease commitment expires or is terminated. Similarly, when we enter into a contract with a tenant to sub-lease property, we usually retain our obligations as the master lessor. This leaves us at risk for any remaining liability in the event of default by the sub-lease tenant.

We do a significant amount of business with government entities, various purchasing consortiums, and through sole- or limited- source distribution arrangements, and loss of this business could negatively impact our results.

One of our largest customer groups consists of various governmental entities, government agencies and non-profit organizations, such as purchasing consortiums. Contracting with U.S. state and local governments is highly competitive, subject to federal and state procurement laws, requires more restrictive contract terms and can be expensive and time-consuming. Bidding such contracts often requires that we incur significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that we will win a contract. Our ability to compete successfully for and retain business with federal, state and local governments is highly dependent on cost-effective performance. Our business with governmental entities and agencies is also sensitive to changes in national and international priorities and their respective budgets, which in the current economy continue to decrease. We also service a substantial amount of business through agreements with purchasing consortiums and other sole- or limited-source distribution arrangements. If we are unsuccessful in retaining these customers, or if there is a significant reduction in sales under any of these arrangements, it could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Failure to attract and retain qualified personnel could have an adverse impact on our business.

Our performance is highly dependent on attracting, retaining and engaging appropriately qualified employees in our stores, service centers, distribution centers, field and corporate offices. The market for qualified employees, with the right talent and competencies, is highly competitive. Factors that affect our ability to maintain sufficient numbers of qualified employees include employee morale, our reputation, unemployment rates, competition from other employers, availability of qualified personnel and our ability to offer appropriate compensation packages. We operate in a competitive labor market and there is a risk that market increases in compensation could have a material adverse effect on our profitability. Failure to recruit or retain qualified employees, and the inability to keep our supply of skills and resources in balance with client demand, may impair our efficiency and effectiveness, our ability to pursue growth opportunities and adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, a significant amount of turnover of our executive team or other employees in key positions with specific knowledge relating to us, our operations and our industry, may negatively impact our operations.

We depend on our executive management team and other key personnel, and the inability to recruit and retain certain personnel could adversely affect our performance and result in the loss of management continuity and institutional knowledge.

Although certain members of our executive team have entered into agreements relating to their employment with us, most of our key personnel are not bound by employment agreements, and those with employment or retention agreements are bound only for a limited

13


Table of Contents

 

period of time. If we are unable to retain our key personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop and implement our business plans, which may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Failure to execute effective advertising efforts and maintain our reputation and brand at a high level, may adversely impact our financial performance.

Effective advertising and marketing efforts play a crucial role in maintaining high customer traffic. We focus on developing new marketing initiatives and maintaining effective promotional strategies that target further growth in our business. Failure to execute effective advertising efforts to attract new customers or retain existing customers, or misjudgment of consumer responses to our existing or future promotional activities, may adversely impact our financial performance.

Failure to detect, prevent, or mitigate issues that might give rise to reputational risk or failure to adequately address negative publicity or perceptions could adversely impact our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition. Issues that might pose a reputational risk include an inability to achieve our omni-channel goals, including providing an e-commerce and delivery experience that meets the expectations of consumers; failure of our cyber-security measures to protect against data breaches; product liability and product recalls; our social media activity; failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations; and any of the other risks enumerated in these risk factors. In addition, information concerning us, whether or not true, may be instantly and easily posted on social media platforms at any time, which information may be adverse to our reputation or brand. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. If our reputation or brand is damaged, our customers may refuse to continue shopping with us, potential employees may be unwilling to work for us, business partners may be discouraged from seeking future business dealings with us and, as a result, our operations and financial results may suffer.

Disruptions of our computer systems could adversely affect our operations.

We rely heavily on computer systems to process transactions, including delivery of technology services, manage our inventory and supply-chain and to summarize and analyze our global business. Our systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cyber-attack or other security breaches, catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, acts of war or terrorism, and usage errors by our employees. If our computer systems are damaged or cease to function properly, or, if we do not replace or upgrade certain systems, we may incur substantial costs to repair or replace them and may experience an interruption of our normal business activities or loss of critical data. We are undertaking certain system enhancements and conversions to increase productivity and efficiency, that, if not done properly, could divert the attention of our workforce and constrain for some time our ability to provide the level of service our customers demand. Also, once implemented, the new systems and technology may not provide the intended efficiencies or anticipated benefits and could add costs and complications to our ongoing operations.

A breach of our information technology systems could adversely affect our reputation, business partner and customer relationships and operations and result in high costs.

Through our sales, marketing activities, and use of third-party information, we collect and store certain personally identifiable information that our customers provide to purchase products or services, enroll in promotional programs, register on our website, or otherwise communicate and interact with us. This may include, but is not limited to, names, addresses, phone numbers, driver license numbers, e-mail addresses, contact preferences, personally identifiable information stored on electronic devices, and payment account information, including credit and debit card information. We also gather and retain information about our employees in the normal course of business. We may share information about such persons with vendors that assist with certain aspects of our business. In addition, our online operations depend upon the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks, such as information permitting cashless payments.

We have instituted safeguards for the protection of such information and invested considerable resources, including insurance to cover cyber liabilities, in protecting our systems. These security measures may be compromised as a result of third-party security breaches, burglaries, cyber-attack, errors by employees or employees of third-party vendors, faulty password management, misappropriation of data by employees, vendors or unaffiliated third-parties, or other irregularity, and result in persons obtaining unauthorized access to our data or accounts. Despite instituted safeguards for the protection of such information, we cannot be certain that all of our systems and those of our vendors and unaffiliated third-parties are entirely free from vulnerability to attack or compromise given that the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently. During the normal course of our business, we have experienced and we expect to continue to experience attempts to breach our systems, none of which has been material to the Company to date, and we may be unable to protect sensitive data and the integrity of our systems or to prevent fraudulent purchases. We are also subject to data privacy and security laws and regulations, the number and complexity of which are increasing globally, and despite reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that we will not be the subject of enforcement or other legal actions in the event of an incident. Moreover, an alleged or actual security breach that affects our systems or results in the unauthorized release of personally identifiable information could:

14


Table of Contents

 

 

materially damage our reputation and brand, negatively affect customer satisfaction and loyalty, expose us to negative publicity, individual claims or consumer class actions, administrative, civil or criminal investigations or actions, and infringe on proprietary information; and

 

cause us to incur substantial costs, including but not limited to costs associated with remediation for stolen assets or information, payments of customer incentives for the maintenance of business relationships after an attack, litigation costs, lost revenues resulting from unauthorized use of proprietary information or the failure to retain or attract customers following an attack, and increased cyber security protection costs. While we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of our cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be unavailable or insufficient to cover our losses or all types of claims that may arise in the continually evolving area of cyber risk.

Our business may be adversely affected by the actions of and risks related to the activities of our third-party vendors.

We purchase products for resale under credit arrangements with our vendors and have been able to negotiate payment terms that are approximately equal in length to the time it takes to sell the vendor’s products. When the global economy is experiencing weakness as it has in the past, vendors may seek credit insurance to protect against non-payment of amounts due to them. If we experience declining operating performance and severe liquidity challenges, vendors may demand that we accelerate our payment for their products or require cash on delivery, which could have an adverse impact on our operating cash flow and result in severe stress on our liquidity. Borrowings under our existing credit facility could reach maximum levels under such circumstances, causing us to seek alternative liquidity measures, but we may not be able to meet our obligations as they become due until we secure such alternative measures.

We use and resell many manufacturers’ branded items and services. As a result, we are dependent on the availability and pricing of key products and services, including ink, toner, paper and technology products. As a reseller, we cannot control the supply, design, function, cost or vendor-required conditions of sale of many of the products we offer for sale. Disruptions in the availability of these products or the products and services we provide to our customers may adversely affect our sales and result in customer dissatisfaction. Further, we cannot control the cost of manufacturers’ products, and cost increases must either be passed along to our customers or will result in erosion of our earnings.

Failure to identify desirable products and make them available to our customers when desired and at attractive prices could have an adverse effect on our business and our results of operations. In addition, a material interruption in service by the carriers that ship goods within our supply chain may adversely affect our sales. Many of our vendors are small or medium sized businesses which are impacted by current macroeconomic conditions, both in the U.S., Asia and other locations. We may have no warning before a vendor fails, which may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We also engage key third-party business partners to support various functions of our business, including but not limited to, information technology, web hosting and cloud-based services, human resource operations, customer loyalty programs, gift cards, customer warranty, delivery and installation, technical support, transportation and insurance programs. Any material disruption in our relationship with key third-party business partners or any disruption in the services or systems provided or managed by third parties could impact our revenues and cost structure and hinder our operations, particularly if a disruption occurs during peak revenue periods.

Disruption of global sourcing activities, evolving foreign trade policy (including tariffs imposed on certain foreign made goods) could negatively impact the cost and availability of our products.

Economic and civil unrest in areas of the world where we source products, as well as shipping and dockage issues, could adversely impact the availability or cost of our products, or both. Most of our goods imported to the U.S. arrive from Asia through ports located on the U.S. west coast and we are therefore subject to potential disruption due to labor unrest, security issues or natural disasters affecting any or all of these ports. In addition, we purchase and source products from a wide variety of suppliers, including from suppliers overseas, particularly in China. As a consequence, trade restrictions, including new or increased tariffs, quotas, embargoes, sanctions, safeguards, customs restrictions, epidemics/pandemics, like coronavirus, and mandatory government closures could increase our cost of goods sold or reduce the supply of the products available to us. There is no assurance that any such increased costs could be passed on to our customers, or that we could find alternative products from other sources at comparable prices. To the extent that we are subject to more challenging regulatory environments and enhanced legal and regulatory requirements, such exposure could have a material adverse effect on our business, including the added cost of increased compliance measures that we may determine to be necessary.

General trade tensions between the U.S. and China, which began escalating in 2018, could have a negative impact on our business. We have incurred incremental costs related to trade tariffs on inventory we purchase from China, but such costs have not had a material impact on our results of operations. We continue to monitor and evaluate the potential impact of the effective and proposed tariffs as

15


Table of Contents

 

well as other recent changes in foreign trade policy on our supply chain, costs, sales and profitability and have implemented strategies to mitigate such impact, including changes to our contracting model, alternative sourcing strategies and selective price increase pass-through efforts. If any of these events continue as described, they could disrupt the movement of products through our supply chain or increase their cost. In addition, while we may be able to shift our sourcing options, executing such a shift would be time consuming and would be difficult or impracticable for many products and may result in an increase in our manufacturing costs. Substantial regulatory uncertainty exists regarding foreign trade and trade policy, both in the United States and abroad. The adoption and expansion of trade restrictions, retaliatory tariffs, or other governmental action related to tariffs or international trade agreements or policies has the potential to adversely impact demand for our products, our costs, our customers, our suppliers, and/or the U.S. economy, which in turn could adversely impact our results of operations and business.

Our exclusive brands products are subject to several additional product, supply chain and legal risks that could affect our operating results.

In recent years, we have substantially increased the number and types of products that we sell under our own brands including Office Depot®, OfficeMax® and other proprietary brands. While we have focused on the quality of our proprietary branded products, we rely on third parties to manufacture these products. Such third-party manufacturers may prove to be unreliable, the quality of our globally sourced products may vary from our expectations and standards, such products may not meet applicable regulatory requirements which may require us to recall those products, or such products may infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties. Moreover, as we seek indemnities from the manufacturers of these products, the uncertainty of realization of any such indemnity and the lack of understanding of U.S. product liability laws in certain foreign jurisdictions make it more likely that we may have to respond to claims or complaints from our customers.

Product safety and quality concerns could have a material adverse impact on our revenue and profitability.

If the products we sell fail to meet applicable safety standards or our customers’ expectations regarding safety and quality, we could be exposed to increased legal risk and our reputation may be damaged. Failure to take appropriate actions in relation to product recalls could lead to breaches in laws and regulations and leave us susceptible to government enforcement actions or private litigation. Recalls of products, particularly when combined with lack of available alternatives or our difficulty in sourcing sufficient volumes of replacement products, could also have a material adverse impact on our revenue and profitability.

Covenants in our credit facility and term loan could adversely impact our operations.

Our asset-based credit facility contains a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant that is operative only when borrowing availability is below $125 million or prior to a restricted transaction, such as incurring additional indebtedness, acquisitions, dispositions, dividends, or share repurchases if we do not have the required liquidity. The agreement governing our credit facility (the “Amended Credit Agreement” as defined in Note 11, “Debt,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements) also contains representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, and default provisions. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our Amended Credit Agreement. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our Amended Credit Agreement, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If the lenders were to accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay our asset based credit facility and our other indebtedness. Also, should there be an event of default, or a need to obtain waivers following an event of default, we may be subject to higher borrowing costs and/or more restrictive covenants in future periods. Acceleration of our obligations under our credit facilities would permit the holders of our other material debt to accelerate their obligations.

In addition, the CompuCom acquisition was funded, in part, with a $750 million term loan facility. In November 2018, we executed the First Amendment to the Term Loan Credit Agreement to reduce the applicable interest rate from LIBOR plus 7.00% to LIBOR plus 5.25%. In connection with the applicable interest rate reduction, we made a voluntary repayment under the Term Loan Credit Agreement of $194 million. This Term Loan Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 11, “Debt,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements) contains representations and warranties, events of default, and affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for similar financings and which include, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, restrictions on the ability to declare or pay dividends, repurchase common stock, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, make investments, dispose of assets, and merge or consolidate with any other person. In addition, a minimum liquidity maintenance covenant, requiring us and our restricted subsidiaries to retain unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and availability under our Amended Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount of at least $400 million, will apply at any time that our senior secured leverage ratio under the agreement is greater than 1.50:1.00 as calculated quarterly. At December 28, 2019, our senior secured leverage ratio was 0.69:1.00 and the Company was in compliance with the agreement.

 

16


Table of Contents

 

A downgrade in our credit ratings or a general disruption in the credit markets could make it more difficult for us to access funds, refinance indebtedness, obtain new funding or issue securities.

While merger- and restructuring-related costs have been significant between 2013 and 2019, historically, we have generated positive cash flow from operating activities and have had access to broad financial markets that provide the liquidity we need to operate our business. Together, these sources have been used to fund operating and working capital needs, as well as invest in business expansion through capital improvements and acquisitions. Deterioration in our financial results or the impact of significant merger, integration and restructuring costs could negatively impact our credit ratings, our liquidity and our access to the capital markets. If we need to refinance all or a portion of that indebtedness, there is no assurance that we will be able to secure such refinancing at the same or more favorable terms than the terms of our existing indebtedness.

We have incurred significant impairment charges and we continue to incur impairment charges.

We regularly assess past performance and make estimates and projections of future performance at an individual store level. Reduced sales, our shift in strategy to be less price promotional, as well as competitive factors and changes in consumer spending habits resulted in a downward adjustment of anticipated future cash flows for the individual stores that resulted in the impairment. We foresee challenges in the market and economy that could adversely impact our operations. To the extent that forward-looking sales and operating assumptions are not achieved and are subsequently reduced, or if we commit to a more aggressive store downsizing strategy, including allocating capital to further modify store formats, additional impairment charges may result. We have also recognized impairment charges on retail store related assets, including operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, that were deemed unrecoverable based on the Comprehensive Business Review and the Business Acceleration Program. Additional asset impairments may be recognized based on future decisions and conditions.

Changes in the numerous variables associated with the judgments, assumptions and estimates we make, in assessing the appropriate valuation of our goodwill and other intangible assets of our reporting units, including changes resulting from macroeconomic, or disposition of components within reporting units, could in the future require a reduction of goodwill and recognition of related non-cash impairment charges. If we were required to further impair our store assets, our goodwill or intangible assets of our reporting units, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In addition, we experienced a decline in the market valuation of our common shares during 2019, which was considered in our determination of the key valuation assumptions used in our impairment assessments. The decline in our market capitalization has not resulted in a trigger for impairment during the year, however, if the decline becomes sustained or future declines in macroeconomic factors or business conditions occur, we could incur impairment changes in future periods.

We have retained responsibility for liabilities of acquired companies that may adversely affect our financial results.

OfficeMax sponsors defined benefit pension plans covering certain terminated employees, vested employees, retirees, and some active employees (the “Pension Plans”). The Pension Plans are frozen and do not allow new entrants; however, they are under-funded and we may be required to make contributions in subsequent years in order to maintain required funding levels. Required future contributions could have an adverse impact on our cash flows and our financial results. Additional future contributions to the Pension Plans, financial market performance and Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) funding requirements could materially change these expected payments.

As part of the sale of our business in Europe, we have retained responsibility for the defined benefit plan covering certain employees in the United Kingdom. While the plan was in a net asset position at the end of 2019, changes in assumptions and actual experience could result in that plan being considered underfunded in the future. Additionally, we have agreed to make contributions to the plan as required by the trustees. Financial performance of the plan and future valuation assumptions could materially change the expected payments. In addition, as part of the sale transaction, the purchaser shall indemnify and hold us harmless in connection with any guarantees in place as of September 23, 2016, and given by us in respect of the liabilities or obligations of the European business. Further, if the purchaser wishes to terminate any such guarantee or cease to comply with any underlying obligation which is subject to such a guarantee, the purchaser shall obtain an unconditional and irrevocable release of the guarantee. However, we are contingently liable in the event of a breach by the purchaser of any such obligation.

In connection with OfficeMax’s sale of its paper, forest products and timberland assets in 2004, OfficeMax agreed to assume responsibility for certain liabilities of the businesses sold. These obligations include liabilities related to environmental, asbestos, health and safety, tax, litigation and employee benefit matters. Some of these retained liabilities could turn out to be significant, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Our exposure to these liabilities could harm our ability to compete with other office products distributors who would not typically be subject to similar liabilities.

 

17


Table of Contents

 

Our quarterly operating results are subject to fluctuation due to the seasonality of our business.

Our business, except for CompuCom, experiences a certain level of seasonality with sales generally trending lower in the second quarter, following the “back-to-business” sales cycle in the first quarter and preceding the “back-to-school” sales cycle in the third quarter and the holiday sales cycle in the fourth quarter. As a result, our operating results have fluctuated from quarter to quarter in the past, with sales and profitability being generally stronger in the second half of our fiscal year than the first half of our fiscal year. Factors that could also cause these quarterly fluctuations include: the pricing behavior of our competitors; the types and mix of products sold; the level of advertising and promotional expenses; severe weather; macroeconomic factors that affect consumer confidence and spending; and the other risk factors described in this section. Most of our operating expenses, such as occupancy costs and associate salaries, are not variable, and so short-term adjustments to reflect quarterly results are difficult. As a result, if sales in certain quarters are significantly below expectations, we may not be able to proportionately reduce operating expenses for that quarter, and therefore such a sales shortfall would have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter.

Changes in tax laws in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate can cause fluctuations in our overall tax rate impacting our reported earnings.

Our tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various domestic and international jurisdictions in which we operate. While we have disposed of the majority of our international businesses, we remain subject to international taxes as part of our existing operations. Depending upon the sources of our income, any agreements we may have with taxing authorities in various jurisdictions, and the tax filing positions we take in these jurisdictions, our overall tax rate may fluctuate significantly from other companies or even our own past tax rates. In addition, changes in applicable U.S. or foreign tax laws and regulations, including the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or their interpretation and application, including the possibility of retroactive effect, could affect our tax expense and profitability. At any given point in time, we base our estimate of an annual effective tax rate upon a calculated mix of the tax rates applicable to us and to estimates of the amount of income likely to be generated in any given geography. The loss of or modification to one or more agreements with taxing jurisdictions, whether as a result of a third party challenge, negotiation, or otherwise, a change in the mix of our business from year to year and from country to country, changes in rules related to accounting for income taxes, changes in tax laws in any of the multiple jurisdictions in which we operate, changes in valuation allowances, or adverse outcomes from the tax audits that regularly are in process in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate could result in substantial volatility, including an unfavorable change in our overall tax rate and/or our effective tax rate.

Increases in wage and benefit costs, changes in laws and other labor regulations could impact our financial results and cash flow.

Our expenses relating to employee labor, including employee health benefits, are significant. Our ability to control our employee and related labor costs is generally subject to numerous external factors, including prevailing wage rates, recent legislative and private sector initiatives regarding healthcare reform, and adoption of new or revised employment and labor laws and regulations. Recently, various legislative movements have sought to increase the federal minimum wage in the United States and the minimum wage in a number of individual states, some of which have been successful at the state level. As federal or state minimum wage rates increase, we may need to increase not only the wage rates of our minimum wage employees, but also the wages paid to our other hourly employees as well. Further, should we fail to increase our wages competitively in response to increasing wage rates, the quality of our workforce could decline, causing our customer service to suffer. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have an adverse effect on our operating costs, financial condition and results of operations. We have a large employee base and while our management believes that our employee relations are good, we cannot be assured that we will not experience organization efforts from labor unions. The potential for unionization could increase if federal legislation is passed that would facilitate labor organization. Significant union representation would require us to negotiate wages, salaries, benefits and other terms with many of our employees collectively and could adversely affect our results of operations by significantly increasing our labor costs or otherwise restricting our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations.

We also have employees in Canada, Mexico, India, Costa Rica and Asia and are required to comply with laws and regulations in those countries that may differ substantially from country to country, requiring significant management attention and cost.

Changes in the regulatory environment and violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws may negatively impact our business.

We are subject to regulations relating to our corporate conduct and the conduct of our business, including securities laws, consumer protection laws, trade regulations, advertising regulations, privacy and cybersecurity laws, and wage and hour regulations and anti-corruption legislation. Certain jurisdictions have taken a particularly aggressive stance with respect to such matters and have implemented new initiatives and reforms, including more stringent regulations, disclosure and compliance requirements.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Recent years

18


Table of Contents

 

have seen a substantial increase in anti-bribery law enforcement activity with more frequent and aggressive investigations and enforcement proceedings by both the Department of Justice and the SEC, increased enforcement activity by non-U.S. regulators and increases in criminal and civil proceedings brought against companies and individuals. Our policies mandate compliance with all anti-bribery laws. However, we operate in certain countries that are recognized as having governmental and commercial corruption. Our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or third-party intermediaries. Violations of these anti-bribery laws may result in criminal or civil sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our common stock price has been and may continue to be subject to volatility, and shareholders could incur substantial losses of any investment in our common stock.

Our common stock price has experienced volatility over time and this volatility may continue, in part due to factors mentioned in this Item 1A. As a result of these and other factors, investors in our common stock may not be able to resell their shares at or above their original purchase price.

There can be no assurance that we will pay cash dividends.

Decisions regarding dividends are within the discretion of the Board of Directors, and depend on a number of factors, including general business and economic conditions, our financial condition, operating results and restrictions imposed by our debt agreements, the emergence of alternative investment or acquisition opportunities, changes in business strategy and other factors. Changes in, or the elimination of dividends could have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Macroeconomic conditions have had and may continue to adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Our operating results and performance depend significantly on economic conditions and their impact on business and consumer spending. In the past, the decline in business and consumer spending has caused our comparable retail store sales to decline from prior periods. Our business and financial performance may continue to be adversely affected by current and future economic conditions, including, without limitation, the level of consumer debt, high levels of unemployment, higher interest rates and the ability of our customers to obtain credit, which may cause a continued or further decline in business and consumer spending.

Increases in fuel and other commodity prices could have an adverse impact on our earnings.

We operate a large network of retail stores, delivery centers, and delivery vehicles. As such, we purchase significant amounts of fuel needed to transport products to our stores and customers as well as shipping costs to import products from overseas. While we may hedge our anticipated fuel purchases, the underlying commodity costs associated with this transport activity is beyond our control and may be volatile. Disruptions in availability of fuel could cause our operating costs to rise significantly to the extent not covered by our hedges and could have a negative impact on our ability to operate our transportation networks. Additionally, other commodity prices, such as paper, may increase and we may not be able to pass along such costs to our customers. Fluctuations in the availability or cost of our energy and other commodity prices could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

We are subject to legal proceedings and legal compliance risks.

We are involved in various legal proceedings, which from time to time may involve class action lawsuits, state and federal governmental inquiries, audits and investigations, environmental matters, employment, tort, state false claims act, consumer litigation and intellectual property litigation. At times, such matters may involve directors and/or executive officers. Certain of these legal proceedings, including government investigations, may be a significant distraction to management and could expose our Company to significant liability, including settlement expenses, damages, fines, penalties, attorneys’ fees and costs, and non-monetary sanctions, including suspensions and debarments from doing business with certain government agencies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. For a description of our legal proceedings, refer to Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Catastrophic events could adversely affect our operating results.

The risk or actual occurrence of various catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance. Such events may be caused by, for example:

 

natural disasters or extreme weather events such as hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and earthquakes;

 

diseases, epidemics or pandemics that may affect our employees, customers or partners;

 

floods, fire or other catastrophes affecting our properties;

19


Table of Contents

 

 

terrorism, civil unrest or other conflicts; or

 

extended power outages.

Such events can adversely affect our work force and prevent employees and customers from reaching our stores and properties and can disrupt or disable portions of our supply chain and distribution network. They can also affect our information systems, resulting in disruption to various aspects of our operations, including our ability to transact with customers and fulfill orders. As a consequence of these or other catastrophic events, we may endure interruption to our operations or losses of property, equipment or inventory, which would adversely affect our revenue and profitability. For example, hurricanes can disrupt operations in the southeastern United States where a heavy concentration of our customers are located, and negatively impacted sales in both our Retail and Business Solutions Divisions.

Our amended and restated bylaws designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Chancery Court”), or, if the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the district of Delaware or other state courts located in the State of Delaware, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our shareholders, which could discourage lawsuits against us and our directors and officers.

Pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Chancery Court (or, if the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) is the sole and exclusive forum for any shareholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except as to each of (1) through (4) above, for any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination). This forum selection provision may limit the ability of our shareholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such shareholders find favorable for disputes with us or our directors or officers, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors and officers.

Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or any other claim for which the federal and state courts have concurrent jurisdiction.

20


Table of Contents

 

PROPERTIES

As of December 28, 2019, our wholly-owned entities operated, as part of continuing operations, in the following locations:

STORES

Retail and CompuCom Divisions (United States)

 

State

 

#

 

State

 

#

 

Alabama

 

27

 

Montana

 

3

 

Alaska

 

5

 

Nebraska

 

9

 

Arizona

 

32

 

Nevada

 

20

 

Arkansas

 

12

 

New Jersey

 

2

 

California

 

129

 

New Mexico

 

11

 

Colorado

 

44

 

New York

 

15

 

District of Columbia

 

1

 

North Carolina

 

45

 

Florida

 

138

 

North Dakota

 

4

 

Georgia

 

58

 

Ohio

 

44

 

Hawaii

 

8

 

Oklahoma

 

16

 

Idaho

 

8

 

Oregon

 

19

 

Illinois

 

53

 

Pennsylvania

 

16

 

Indiana

 

23

 

Puerto Rico

 

11

 

Iowa

 

7

 

South Carolina

 

20

 

Kansas

 

10

 

South Dakota

 

3

 

Kentucky

 

15

 

Tennessee

 

31

 

Louisiana

 

37

 

Texas

 

166

 

Maine

 

1

 

Utah

 

12

 

Maryland

 

17

 

U.S. Virgin Islands

 

2

 

Massachusetts

 

4

 

Virginia

 

37

 

Michigan

 

33

 

Washington

 

36

 

Minnesota

 

34

 

West Virginia

 

5

 

Mississippi

 

18

 

Wisconsin

 

31

 

Missouri

 

33

 

Wyoming

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

 

1,307

 

The supply chain facilities which we operate in the continental United States and Puerto Rico support our Retail, Business Solutions and CompuCom Divisions and the facilities in Canada support our Business Solutions and CompuCom Divisions. The following table sets forth the locations of our principal supply chain facilities as of December 28, 2019.

DCs and Crossdock Facilities

 

State

 

#

 

State

 

#

Arizona

 

1

 

New Mexico

 

1

California

 

5

 

North Carolina

 

1

Colorado

 

1

 

North Dakota

 

3

Florida

 

5

 

Ohio

 

2

Georgia

 

3

 

Oklahoma

 

1

Hawaii

 

6

 

Pennsylvania

 

2

Idaho

 

1

 

Puerto Rico

 

1

Illinois

 

3

 

Tennessee

 

1

Kansas

 

1

 

Texas

 

3

Minnesota

 

2

 

Washington

 

3

Mississippi

 

1

 

Wisconsin

 

8

New Jersey

 

1

 

Total United States

 

56

 

 

 

 

Canada

 

11

 

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

67

 

21


Table of Contents

 

Our principal corporate headquarters in Boca Raton, FL consists of three interconnected buildings of approximately 625,000 square feet and our corporate office in Fort Mill, SC consists of approximately 152,000 square feet of office space. These facilities are considered to be in good condition, adequate for their purpose and suitably utilized according to the individual nature and requirements of the relevant operations. Although we currently own our corporate office in Boca Raton, FL, as well as a small number of our retail store locations, most of our facilities are leased or subleased. Additional information regarding our operating leases and leasing arrangements is available in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 12, “Leases of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

For a description of our legal proceedings, refer to Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 


22


Table of Contents

 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol ODP.

 

Holders

As of the close of business on February 19, 2020, there were 7,650 holders of record of our common stock.

Cash Dividend

Prior to July 2016, we had never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. Beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2016, our Board of Directors declared and paid cash dividends on our common stock.

The timing, declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock fall within the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our operating results, earnings, financial condition, the capital requirements of our business and other factors. Payment of dividends is permitted under our existing term loan facility subject to certain restrictions and under our existing credit facilities subject to minimum liquidity or fixed charge ratio requirements.

For additional information about cash dividends declared and paid in 2019, refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in MD&A and Note 13. “Stockholders’ Equity” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

In November 2018, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program of up to $100 million of our common stock effective January 1, 2019, which extends until the end of 2020 and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The stock repurchase authorization permits us to repurchase stock from time-to-time through a combination of open market repurchases, privately negotiated transactions, 10b5-1 trading plans, accelerated stock repurchase transactions and/or other derivative transactions. The exact number and timing of stock repurchases will depend on market conditions and other factors, and will be funded through available cash balances. However, our ability to repurchase our common stock is subject to certain restrictions under the Term Loan Credit Agreement. The authorized amount under the stock repurchase program excludes fees, commissions or other expenses. In November 2019, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the authorization of the existing stock repurchase program of up to $200 million and extended the program through the end of 2021. The new authorization includes the remaining authorized amount under the existing stock repurchase program.

The following table summarizes our common stock repurchases during the fourth quarter of 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approximate Dollar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

 

Value of Shares that

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Purchased as

 

 

May Yet Be

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Average

 

 

Part of a Publicly

 

 

Purchased Under

 

 

 

of Shares

 

 

Price Paid

 

 

Announced Plan or

 

 

the Repurchase

 

 

 

Purchased

 

 

per Share

 

 

Program

 

 

Programs

 

Period

 

(In millions)

 

 

(a)

 

 

(In millions)

 

 

(In millions)

 

September 29 — October 26, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

190

 

October 27 — November 23, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

190

 

November 24 — December 28, 2019

 

 

11

 

 

$

2.59

 

 

 

11

 

 

$

161

 

Total

 

 

11

 

 

$

2.59

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The average price paid per share for our common stock repurchases includes a per share commission paid.

We purchased approximately 4 million and 11 million shares of our common stock during the first and fourth quarters of fiscal 2019, respectively, at a weighted average price of $2.68 per common share. We made no repurchases of common stock during the second and third quarters of fiscal 2019. For the year 2019, we purchased approximately 15 million common shares for total consideration of $40 million. At December 28, 2019, approximately $161 million remains available for additional purchases under the stock repurchase program.

23


Table of Contents

 

Office Depot Stock Comparative Performance Graph

The information contained in this Office Depot Comparative Performance Graph section shall not be deemed to be filed as part of this Annual Report and does not constitute soliciting material and should not be deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate the graph by reference.

The following graph compares the five-year cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total returns of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index (“S&P 500”) and the Standard & Poor’s Specialty Stores Index (“S&P Specialty Stores”) of which we are a component of each Index.

The graph assumes an investment of $100 at the close of trading on December 27, 2014, the last trading day of fiscal year 2014, in our common stock, the S&P 500 and the S&P Specialty Stores.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Office Depot, Inc., the S&P 500 Index

and the S&P Specialty Stores Index

 

 

 

*$100 invested on 12/27/14 in stock or 12/31/14 in index, including reinvestment of dividends. Indexes calculated on month-end basis.

Copyright© 2020 Standard & Poor’s, a division of S&P Global. All rights reserved.

 

 

 

12/27/14

 

 

12/26/15

 

 

12/31/16

 

 

12/30/17

 

 

12/29/18

 

 

12/28/19

 

Office Depot, Inc.

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

63.35

 

 

 

51.75

 

 

 

41.52

 

 

 

30.65

 

 

 

33.53

 

S&P 500

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

101.38

 

 

 

113.51

 

 

 

138.29

 

 

 

132.23

 

 

 

173.86

 

S&P Specialty Stores

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

84.07

 

 

 

84.53

 

 

 

84.73

 

 

 

82.69

 

 

 

102.64

 

 

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

24


Table of Contents

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data at and for each of the five fiscal years in the period ended December 28, 2019. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto in Financial Statements and Supplemental Details and MD&A of this Annual Report.

We have accounted for the disposition of substantially all of the business formerly presented as the International Division as discontinued operations in all periods. The disposition was complete as of the end of fiscal 2018, and there are no further discontinued operations in 2019. We have included the amounts associated with our acquired businesses from their dates of acquisition.

 

(In millions, except per share amounts and statistical data)

 

2019 (1)

 

 

2018 (2)

 

 

2017 (3)

 

 

2016 (4)

 

 

2015

 

Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$

10,647

 

 

$

11,015

 

 

$

10,240

 

 

$

11,021

 

 

$

11,727

 

Net income from continuing operations (1)(2)(3)(5)(6)

 

$

99

 

 

$

99

 

 

$

146

 

 

$

679

 

 

$

92

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

 

 

$

5

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

(150

)

 

$

(84

)

Net income (1)(2)(3)(5)(6)

 

$

99

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

181

 

 

$

529

 

 

$

8

 

Net earnings (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.28

 

 

$

1.26

 

 

$

0.17

 

Discontinued Operations

 

$

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

0.07

 

 

$

(0.28

)

 

$

(0.15

)

Net basic earnings per share

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.19

 

 

$

0.35

 

 

$

0.98

 

 

$

0.01

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.27

 

 

$

1.24

 

 

$

0.16

 

Discontinued Operations

 

$

 

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

0.06

 

 

$

(0.27

)

 

$

(0.15

)

Net diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.19

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

$

0.96

 

 

$

0.01

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

 

Statistical Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facilities open at end of period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail and technology stores

 

 

1,307

 

 

 

1,364

 

 

 

1,394

 

 

 

1,441

 

 

 

1,564

 

Distribution centers and crossdock facilities

 

 

56

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

33

 

Other (7):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution centers and crossdock facilities

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

12

 

Total square footage — Retail and CompuCom Divisions

   (in millions)

 

 

29.1

 

 

 

30.3

 

 

 

31.1

 

 

 

32.4

 

 

 

35.4

 

Percentage of sales by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Solutions Division

 

 

49.6

%

 

 

48.0

%

 

 

49.9

%

 

 

49.0

%

 

 

48.7

%

Retail Division

 

 

41.0

%

 

 

42.1

%

 

 

48.5

%

 

 

50.8

%

 

 

51.2

%

CompuCom Division (3)

 

 

9.3

%

 

 

9.9

%

 

 

1.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

0.1

%

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets (8)

 

$

7,311

 

 

$

6,166

 

 

$

6,323

 

 

$

5,540

 

 

$

6,442

 

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

 

 

575

 

 

 

690

 

 

 

936

 

 

 

358

 

 

 

628

 

 

(1)

During fiscal year 2019, we completed five business acquisitions that consist of small independent regional office supply distribution businesses in the United States. The operating results of the acquired office supply distribution businesses are combined with our operating results subsequent to their purchase dates, and are included in the Business Solutions Division. Sales in our Business Solutions Division in 2019 include $55 million from these acquisitions. Additionally, fiscal year 2019 Net income includes $56 million of asset impairment charges and $116 million of Merger and restructuring expenses, net. Refer to MD&A and Note 2. “Acquisitions,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements located in Financial Statements and Supplemental Details of this Annual Report for additional information.

(2)

During fiscal year 2018, we completed seven business acquisitions, six of which consist of small independent regional office supply distribution businesses in the United States, and one is an enterprise IT solutions integrator and managed services provider. The operating results of these companies are combined with our operating results subsequent to their purchase dates. Sales in our Business Solutions and CompuCom Divisions in 2018 include $80 million and $25 million, respectively, from these acquisitions. Additionally, fiscal year 2018 Net income includes $7 million of asset impairment charges, $72 million of Merger and restructuring expenses, net, $25 million of legal expense accrual, and $15 million of loss on modification of debt. Refer to MD&A and Note 2. “Acquisitions,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements located in Financial Statements and Supplemental Details of this Annual Report for additional information.

25


Table of Contents

 

(3)

In 2017, we acquired CompuCom and four small independent regional office supply distribution businesses in the United States. The operating results of these companies are combined with our operating results subsequent to their purchase dates. Sales in our Business Solutions and CompuCom Divisions in 2017 include $49 million and $156 million, respectively, from these acquisitions. Additionally, fiscal year 2017 Net income includes $4 million of asset impairment charges and $94 million of Merger and restructuring expenses, net. Refer to MD&A and Note 2. “Acquisitions,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements located in Financial Statements and Supplemental Details of this Annual Report for additional information.

(4)

Includes 53 weeks in accordance with our 52 — 53 week reporting convention. All other years presented in the table consisted of 52 weeks.

(5)

Fiscal year 2016 Net income includes $15 million of asset impairment charges, $80 million of Merger and restructuring income, net, including $250 million received from Staples as the Termination Fee, $15 million of loss on extinguishment of debt, and the reversal of $382 million of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets. Refer to MD&A for additional information.

(6)

Fiscal year 2015 Net income includes $13 million of asset impairment charges and $242 million of Merger and restructuring expenses, net.

(7)

Includes Canadian distribution centers and crossdock facilities.

(8)

Total assets for fiscal year 2019 reflect the adoption of the new lease accounting standard. Prior period amounts were not adjusted under the modified retrospective transition approach. Refer to Note 1. “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements located in Financial Statements and Supplemental Details of this Annual Report for additional information.

26


Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is intended to provide information to assist readers in better understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations. We recommend reading this MD&A in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in this Form 10-K.

OVERVIEW

THE COMPANY

We are a leading provider of business services and supplies, products and technology solutions to small, medium and enterprise businesses, through our fully integrated business-to-business (“B2B”) distribution platform of 1,307 retail stores, online presence, and dedicated sales professionals and technicians. Through our banner brands Office Depot®, OfficeMax®, CompuCom® and Grand&Toy®, as well as others, we offer our customers the tools and resources they need to focus on starting, growing and running their business.

At December 28, 2019, our operations are organized into three reportable segments (or “Divisions”): Business Solutions Division, Retail Division and CompuCom Division.

The Business Solutions Division, or BSD, is the largest component of our integrated B2B platform and provides our customers with nationally branded as well as our private branded office supply products and services. Additionally, BSD provides adjacency products and services including cleaning and breakroom supplies, technology services, copy and print services, and office furniture products and services in the United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Canada through a dedicated sales force, catalogs, telesales, and electronically through our Internet websites. BSD includes the distribution businesses we have acquired as part of our strategic transformation described in the section below.

The Retail Division includes our chain of retail stores in the United States, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands where we sell office supplies, technology products and solutions, business machines and related supplies, print, cleaning, breakroom supplies and facilities products, and furniture. In addition, our Retail Division offers a range of business-related services targeted to small businesses, technology support services as well as printing, copying, mailing and shipping services.

The CompuCom Division was formed during the fourth quarter of 2017 as a result of our acquisition of CompuCom Systems, Inc. (“CompuCom”). The CompuCom Division is a technology services provider supporting the distributed technology needs of enterprise organizations in the United States and Canada. With a vision of connecting people, technology, and the edge with a seamless experience, CompuCom enables enterprise employees to be productive. CompuCom offers a broad range of solutions including technology lifecycle management, end user computing and collaboration, service desk, remote technology monitoring and management, and IT workforce solutions.

STRATEGIC TRANSFORMATION

 

Since 2017, we have been undergoing a strategic business transformation to pivot Office Depot into an integrated B2B distribution platform, with the objective of expanding our product offerings to include value-added services for our customers and capture greater market share. As part of this transformation, we acquired CompuCom in 2017 and an enterprise IT solutions integrator and managed services provider in 2018.

 

We continue to expand our reach and distribution network through acquisitions of profitable regional office supply distribution businesses, serving small and mid-market customers. Many of these customers are in geographic areas that were previously underserved by our network. During 2019, we acquired five small independent regional office supply distribution businesses which has allowed for an effective and accretive means to expand our distribution reach, target new business customers and grow our offerings beyond traditional office supplies.

The aggregate total purchase consideration, including contingent consideration, for the five acquisitions completed in 2019 was approximately $27 million, subject to certain customary post-closing adjustments. The aggregate purchase price was primarily funded with cash on hand, with the remainder consisting of contingent consideration estimated to be $2 million, the majority of which will be paid in the third quarter of 2020.

The operating results of the acquired office supply distribution businesses are combined with our operating results subsequent to their purchase dates, and are included in the Business Solutions Division, and the operating results of CompuCom and the enterprise IT solutions integrator and managed services provider are included in the CompuCom Division. Refer to Note 2. “Acquisitions” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

27


Table of Contents

 

DISPOSITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL DIVISION — DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In September 2016, our Board of Directors approved a plan to sell substantially all of our international operations, formerly reported as the International Division through four disposal groups (Europe, South Korea, Australia and New Zealand (“Oceania”) and mainland China) (the “International Operations”). Collectively, these dispositions represented a strategic shift that had a major impact on the Company’s operations and financial results and have been accounted for as discontinued operations. As of the end of fiscal 2018, the sale of the International Operations was complete, and there are no further discontinued operations in 2019. We retained the assets and obligations of a frozen defined benefit pension plan in the United Kingdom. Refer to “Pension Plan – UK” in Note 15. “Employee Benefit Plans” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. We retained the sourcing and trading operations of the former International Division, which are presented as Other in Note 5. “Segment Information” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS AND LIQUIDITY

The following summarizes the significant factors impacting our operating results from continuing operations for the 52-week period ended December 28, 2019 (also referred to as “2019”) and the 52-week period ended December 29, 2018 (also referred to as “2018”) as well as our liquidity in 2019 and 2018. We have omitted discussion of 2017 results where it would be redundant to the discussion previously included in Part II, Item 7 of our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our consolidated sales were 3% lower in 2019 compared to 2018 mostly due to lower sales in our Retail Division, which decreased 6% in 2019 as a result of lower comparable store sales and store closures. Our CompuCom Division also experienced lower sales of 8% in 2019 compared to 2018, primarily due to a decline in sales of services as a result of reduced business volume. Our Business Solutions Division sales remained flat in 2019 compared to 2018.

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

Change

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Solutions Division

 

$

5,279

 

 

$

5,282

 

 

 

%

Retail Division

 

 

4,363

 

 

 

4,641

 

 

 

(6

)%

Change in comparable store sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)%

CompuCom Division

 

 

994

 

 

 

1,086

 

 

 

(8

)%

Other

 

 

11

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

83

%

Total

 

$

10,647

 

 

$

11,015

 

 

 

(3

)%

Product sales decreased 3% in 2019 compared to 2018 primarily driven by lower comparable store sales and store closures in the Retail Division. The decline in 2019 was partially offset by an increase in product sales in our CompuCom Division as a result of increased discipline in our selling process and improved relationships with our product manufacturer partners.

Sales of services decreased 5% primarily driven by a decline in sales of services in our CompuCom Division. The decline in 2019 was partially offset by the continued expansion of services we offer in our Retail Division, including a higher volume of subscriptions and increased sales of our copy and print services. We also experienced a continued increase in services in our Business Solutions Division as a result of acquisitions and increased sales of our managed print and fulfillment services. On a consolidated basis, services represented approximately 15% of our total sales in 2019, consistent with 2018.

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

Change

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

$

9,034

 

 

$

9,322

 

 

 

(3

)%

Services

 

 

1,613

 

 

 

1,693

 

 

 

(5

)%

Total

 

$

10,647

 

 

$

11,015

 

 

 

(3

)%

OTHER SIGNIFICANT FACTORS IMPACTING TOTAL COMPANY RESULTS AND LIQUIDITY

 

Total gross profit decreased by $87 million or 3% in 2019 compared to 2018 primarily due to the flow through impact of lower sales in our CompuCom and Retail Divisions, partially offset by the implementation of the Business Acceleration Program in May 2019 which generated savings from, among other things, the optimization of labor costs in our CompuCom Division. The overall decline in gross profit in 2019 was also partially offset by the impact of acquisitions in our Business Solutions Division.

 

Total gross margin for 2019 was consistent with 2018. While we incurred incremental costs related to trade tariffs on inventory we purchase from China, our recent actions, including changes to our contracting model, alternative sourcing

28


Table of Contents

 

 

strategies, and selective price increase pass-through efforts mitigated much of the impact of such trade tariffs to our results of operations.

 

Total selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $92 million or 4% in 2019 compared to 2018. The decrease was the result of store closures in our Retail Division and certain strategic initiatives, including the Business Acceleration Program, aimed at reducing our spend on payroll and payroll-related costs and other discretionary expenses, as well as lower operating lease costs recognized as a result of store impairments. The decrease in total selling, general, and administrative expenses in 2019 was partially offset by increase in expenses associated with the expansion of our distribution network through acquisitions. As a percentage of sales, total selling, general and administrative expenses remained flat in 2019 when compared to 2018.

 

We recognized $25 million gain on disposition of assets held for sale during 2019, of which $19 million was included in Selling, general and administrative expenses and $6 million was included in Merger and restructuring expenses, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

We recorded $56 million of asset impairment charges in 2019 which primarily related to impairment of operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets associated with the Company’s retail store locations. Refer to Note 16. “Fair Value Measurements” in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

We recorded $116 million of Merger and restructuring expenses, net in 2019 compared to $72 million in 2018. Merger and restructuring expense in 2019 includes $24 million of severance, retention, transaction and integration costs associated with business acquisitions and $92 million of severance, professional fees and other expenses associated with restructuring activities. Refer to Note 3. “Merger and Restructuring Activity” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

We recorded $25 million of legal expense accrual in 2018 that was paid in 2019 in connection with certain settlement discussions we had undertaken with the Federal Trade Commission. We also incurred and paid an additional $900,000 legal expense in 2019 on a related legal matter. Refer to Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

Our effective tax rate of 32% in 2019 differs from the statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the impact of state taxes and certain nondeductible items, the recognition of valuation allowances, and our mix of income and losses across U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate of 37% in 2018 reflects the same Federal marginal tax rate of 21% and the impact of a mix of income and losses across U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions. In addition, the 2018 rate was impacted by several discrete items, including the impact of a potentially nondeductible legal settlement, and excess tax deficiencies associated with stock-based compensation awards, state taxes, and certain other nondeductible items. We also completed several acquisitions and dispositions in 2018 and 2019, some of which resulted in the recognition of a gain or loss for tax purposes that differed from the amount recognized for GAAP purposes. Refer to Note 6. “Income Taxes” in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations was $0.18 in 2019, flat with $0.18 in 2018.

 

As disclosed in Note 18. “Discontinued Operations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we completed the sale of our former International Operations as of the end of fiscal 2018, and there are no further discontinued operations in 2019. Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations was $0.01 in 2018.

 

Including diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations, net diluted earnings per share was $0.18 in 2019 compared to $0.19 in 2018.

 

At December 28, 2019, we had $698 million in cash and cash equivalents and $920 million available under the Amended Credit Agreement. Cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations was $366 million for 2019 compared to $616 million for 2018. Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section of this MD&A for more information on cash flows.

 

In 2017, we entered into a $750 million Term Loan Credit Agreement in connection with our acquisition of CompuCom. In November 2018, we executed the First Amendment to the Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “First Amendment”) to reduce the applicable interest rate from LIBOR plus 7.00% to LIBOR plus 5.25%. In connection with the applicable interest rate reduction, we made a voluntary repayment under the Term Loan Credit Agreement of $194 million. As a result, in the fourth quarter of 2018 we recognized a $15 million loss on modification of debt, which is comprised of a 1% prepayment

29


Table of Contents

 

 

premium and the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount in an amount proportional to the term loan repaid.

 

During 2019 and 2018, we paid quarterly cash dividends on our common stock of $0.025 per share for a total annual dividend distribution of $55 million in both years. In addition, we bought back approximately 15 million and 14 million shares of our common stock, respectively, in 2019 and 2018, returning another $40 million in 2019 and $39 million in 2018 to our shareholders.

 

OPERATING RESULTS BY DIVISION

Discussion of additional income and expense items, including material charges and credits and changes in interest and income taxes follows our review of segment results. Fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017 include 52 weeks.

BUSINESS SOLUTIONS DIVISION

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

$

4,947

 

 

$

4,974

 

 

$

4,843

 

Services

 

 

332

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

265

 

Total

 

$

5,279

 

 

$

5,282

 

 

$

5,108

 

% change

 

 

%

 

 

3

%

 

 

(5

)%

Division operating income

 

$

271

 

 

$

243

 

 

$

262

 

% of sales

 

 

5

%

 

 

5

%

 

 

5

%

 

Product sales from our Business Solutions Division decreased 1% in 2019 compared to 2018, primarily due to lower revenue generated in our eCommerce platform and office supplies product categories as a result of our targeted efforts to reduce sales with lower margins. This decrease was partially offset by the positive impact of acquisitions and growth in certain adjacency categories such as cleaning and breakroom supplies. Product sales from our Business Solutions Division increased 3% in 2018 compared to 2017, primarily due to acquisitions, higher online sales and growth in adjacency categories, such as cleaning/breakroom supplies and furniture, partially offset by lower sales of other product categories including paper, toner and ink. Improved sales from the omni-channel programs that we report under our Retail Division partially offset the growth in product sales from our Business Solutions Division – see discussion on order online for pick up in stores or ship from stores within the Retail Division analysis.

 

Sales of services in our Business Solutions Division increased 8% in 2019 compared to 2018. The increase is primarily due to acquisitions and increased sales of our managed print and fulfillment services. Sales of services in our Business Solutions Division increased 16% in 2018 compared to 2017. This positive movement was the reflection of increased sales of our managed print and fulfillment services, and the expansion of our subscription offerings.

 

The Business Solutions Division operating income increased 12% in 2019 compared to 2018. As a percentage of sales, operating income improved by approximately 50 basis points. The increase in operating income in 2019 was related to a number of factors, primarily due to the reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses achieved through our Business Acceleration Program initiatives. Business Solutions Division operating income decreased 7% in 2018 compared to 2017. As a percentage of sales, operating income declined by approximately 50 basis points in 2018 compared to 2017. Higher selling, general and administrative expenses from investments in our eCommerce platform, demand generation activities and acquisition costs negatively impacted operating income in 2018. However, these expenses were partially offset by an increase in gross profit primarily from acquisitions. Operating income in our Business Solutions Division in 2018 was also negatively impacted by the migration of legacy OfficeMax customers to our current systems, which was completed in 2018.

30


Table of Contents

 

RETAIL DIVISION

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

$

3,793

 

 

$

4,105

 

 

$

4,429

 

Services

 

 

570

 

 

 

536

 

 

 

533

 

Total

 

$

4,363

 

 

$

4,641

 

 

$

4,962

 

% change

 

 

(6

)%

 

 

(6

)%

 

 

(11

)%

Division operating income

 

$

194

 

 

$

193

 

 

$

254

 

% of sales

 

 

4

%

 

 

4

%

 

 

5

%

Change in comparable store sales

 

 

(4

)%

 

 

(4

)%

 

 

(5

)%

 

Products sales in our Retail Division decreased 8% and 7% in 2019 and 2018, respectively, compared to the corresponding prior-year periods. This was primarily the result of planned closings of underperforming stores coupled with fewer transactions in the remaining locations, that was partially offset by gradual increase in the volume of transactions where our customers buy online for pick up in our stores (“BOPIS”). BOPIS transactions are included in our Retail Division results because they are fulfilled with retail store inventory and serviced by retail store associates. Our BOPIS sales were $205 million in 2019 and $189 million in 2018, which represented increases of 8% and 24%, respectively, from the preceding years.

 

Sales of services in our Retail Division increased 6% in 2019 compared to 2018. This increase is due to the expansion of our copy and print services and continued volume increase in subscription offerings. In 2018, sales of services were 1% higher compared to 2017. The adoption of the new revenue recognition standard, which requires that our third-party software sales be reported on a net basis, negatively affected the comparability of our sales of services by $53 million year-over-year. This change in presentation had no impact to the timing of recognition, gross profit, earnings or cash flows. Excluding the impact of the new revenue recognition standard, sales of services in 2018 actually increased 11% from 2017 due to the expansion of our copy and print services, subscription offerings, and the introduction of new technology services offered to our retail customers by our retail store associates.

 

Comparable store sales decreased 4% in 2019 and 2018 reflecting lower store traffic, partially offset by higher conversion rate, year-over-year growth in BOPIS transactions, and an increase in loyalty program membership. We continue to experience growth in revenues from copy and print services, offset by lower sales in traditional categories such as office supplies, furniture, computers and technology related products. Our comparable store sales relate to stores that have been open for at least one year. Stores are removed from the comparable sales calculation one month prior to closing, as sales during that period are mostly related to clearance activity. Stores are also removed from the comparable sales calculation during periods of store remodeling, store closures due to hurricanes or natural disasters, or if significantly downsized. Our measure of comparable store sales has been applied consistently across periods but may differ from measures used by other companies.

The Retail Division operating income increased 1% in 2019 compared to 2018. As a percentage of sales, this reflects a year-over-year increase of approximately 30 basis points. The increase in operating income was mostly attributable to a higher gross margin rate achieved by improvements in distribution and inventory management costs. The increase was also attributable to lower selling, general and administrative expenses resulting from continuous efforts to optimize costs and lower operating lease costs recognized as a result of store impairments. The increase in operating income was partially offset by the flow-through impact of lower sales. The Retail Division operating income declined 24% in 2018 compared to 2017. The decline was mostly attributable to the flow-through impact of lower sales and gross margin rate, partially offset by lower dollars spent for selling, general and administrative expenses, including payroll and other store expenses from both store closures and increased efficiency. The Retail Division’s operating income results in 2019 and 2018 include the impact of investments in additional service delivery capabilities, sales training, and other customer-oriented initiatives.

At the end of 2019, the Retail Division operated 1,307 retail stores in the United States, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Store opening and closing activity for the last three years has been as follows:

 

 

 

Open at

Beginning

of Period

 

 

Closed

 

 

Opened

 

 

Open at

End

of Period

 

2017

 

 

1,441

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,378

 

2018

 

 

1,378

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,361

 

2019

 

 

1,361

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,307

 

 

Charges associated with store closures as part of a restructuring plan are reported in Asset impairments and Merger and restructuring expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, as part of our periodic recoverability assessment of owned retail stores and distribution center assets, and operating lease ROU assets, we recognize impairment charges in the Asset impairments line item of our Consolidated Statements of Operations. These charges are reflected in Corporate reporting and are not included in the

31


Table of Contents

 

determination of Division operating income. Refer to “Corporate” discussion below for additional information regarding expenses incurred to date.

COMPUCOM DIVISION

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

$

271

 

 

$

233

 

 

$

34

 

Services

 

 

723

 

 

 

853

 

 

 

122

 

Total

 

$

994

 

 

$

1,086

 

 

$

156

 

% change

 

 

(8

)%

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

Division operating income (loss)

 

$

(2

)

 

$

17

 

 

$

8

 

% of sales

 

 

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

5

%

 

The CompuCom Division was formed at the time of acquisition on November 8, 2017 and the amounts reflect its operating results since that date. The total sales and operating income increase in 2018 compared to 2017 was primarily due to a full year of operating results in this Division.

 

Product sales in our CompuCom Division increased 16% in 2019 compared to 2018. Strong product sales growth was driven by increased discipline in our selling process and improved relationships with our product manufacturer partners.

 

Sales of services in our CompuCom Division decreased 15% in 2019 compared to 2018. This was primarily due to lower project-related revenue from existing customer accounts and lower business volume, partially as a result of our targeted efforts to reduce certain unprofitable sales activities. Although sales of services in 2019 declined from 2018, we have experienced stability in acquiring new customers over the most recent quarters as we continue our efforts to grow revenue under our new leadership at this Division. In connection with these efforts, we continue to refocus on our strengths, placing greater emphasis on our core offerings beyond the traditional outsourcing services and expanding our value proposition into infrastructure modernization and digital workforce transformation.

 

The CompuCom Division reported operating loss of $2 million in 2019 compared to operating income of $17 million in 2018. The year-over-year decrease in operating profitability was driven by lower sales volume, including lower project-related revenue from existing customer accounts without a commensurate reduction in associated labor-related expenses and ongoing expenditures to support the Division’s strategic transformation. Operating results have been improving sequentially since the first quarter of 2019, which is mostly attributable to increased cost efficiencies as a result of our Business Acceleration Program initiatives. We continue to take several actions to improve future operating performance at our CompuCom Division. These include increasing the use of automation and technology to further improve service efficiency, simplifying organizational structures to improve service velocity, and aligning sales efforts to better serve our customers and accelerate cross-selling opportunities.

 

OTHER

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

$

23

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

14

 

Services

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

Total

 

$

11

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

14

 

Other operating loss

 

$

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

(3

)

 

Certain operations previously included in the International Division, including our global sourcing and trading operations in the Asia/Pacific region, which we have retained, are presented as Other. These operations primarily relate to the sale of products to former joint venture partners, and are not material in any period. Also included in Other is the elimination of intersegment revenues of $14 million in 2019 and $11 million in 2018. There is no elimination of intersegment revenues reflected in the 2017 amount.

32


Table of Contents

 

CORPORATE

The line items in our Consolidated Statements of Operations impacted by Corporate activities are presented in the table below, followed by a narrative discussion of the significant matters. These activities are managed at the Corporate level and, accordingly, are not included in the determination of Division income for management reporting or external disclosures.

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Asset impairments

 

$

56

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

4

 

Merger and restructuring expenses, net

 

 

116

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

94

 

Legal expense accrual

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

Total charges and credits impact on Operating income

 

$

172

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

98

 

 

In addition to these charges and credits, certain selling, general and administrative expenses are not allocated to the Divisions and are managed at the Corporate level. Those expenses are addressed in the section “Unallocated Costs” below.

Asset impairments

Asset impairment charges are comprised of the following:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Stores

 

$

54

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

2

 

Intangible assets

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Total Asset impairments

 

$

56

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

4

 

 

We regularly review retail store assets for impairment indicators at the individual store level, as this represents the lowest level of identifiable cash flows. When indicators of impairment are present, a recoverability analysis is performed which considers the estimated undiscounted cash flows over the retail store’s remaining life and uses input from retail operations and accounting and finance personnel. These inputs include our best estimates of retail store-level sales, gross margins, direct expenses, exercise of future lease renewal options when reasonably certain to be exercised, and resulting cash flows, which, by their nature, include judgments about how current initiatives will impact future performance. If the undiscounted cash flows of a retail store cannot support the carrying amount of its assets, the assets are impaired and written down to estimated fair value. In 2019, we recognized asset impairment charges of $56 million associated with our continuing operations. Of these asset impairment charges, $46 million was related to the impairment of operating lease ROU assets associated with our retail store locations, $8 million was related to impairment of fixed assets at these retail store locations, and the remaining $2 million related to write-down of intangible assets that are not currently used.

 

We have historically performed our annual goodwill impairment assessment as of the first day of the third quarter each year. During 2019, we changed our annual impairment assessment date to the first day of fiscal month December, which is in the fourth quarter. In connection with the change, goodwill was evaluated for impairment as of both annual test dates in 2019, and no impairment was identified. Our assessment in the third quarter of 2019 was performed using a quantitative test that combined the income approach and the market approach valuation methodologies, and concluded that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded their respective carrying amount. Our assessment in the fourth quarter of 2019 was performed using a quantitative assessment for the CompuCom reporting unit, and qualitative assessments for all other reporting units. Consistent with the third quarter test, the quantitative assessment combined the income approach and the market approach valuation methodologies and concluded that the fair value of the CompuCom reporting unit continues to exceed its carrying amount by a similar margin.

 

We continue to monitor the performance of our Contract reporting unit, a component of our Business Solutions Division segment, and our CompuCom reporting unit, which both passed the quantitative assessments performed in 2019 with margins in excess of those determined in our 2018 annual assessment. The CompuCom Division reported an operating loss for year-to-date 2019 that was mainly driven by temporary shortfalls in revenue and profitability in the first quarter of 2019, and has improved its operational performance during the remainder of 2019. We continue to take several actions to improve the future operating performance of CompuCom, including the use of automation and technology to further improve service efficiency, simplifying organizational structures to improve service velocity, and aligning sales efforts to better serve its customers and accelerate cross-selling opportunities. The anticipated impacts of these actions are reflected in key assumptions used in our quantitative assessment, and if not realized, could result in future impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for the CompuCom reporting unit. In addition, we experienced a decline in the market valuation of our common shares during 2019, which was considered in our determination of the key valuation assumptions used in our impairment assessments. The decline in our market capitalization has not resulted in a trigger for impairment during the year, however, if the decline becomes sustained or future declines in macroeconomic factors or business conditions occur, we could incur impairment charges in future periods.

33


Table of Contents

 

Merger and restructuring expenses, net

Since 2017, we have taken actions to optimize our asset base and drive operational efficiencies. These actions include acquiring profitable businesses, closing underperforming retail stores and non-strategic distribution facilities, consolidating functional activities, eliminating redundant positions and disposing of non-strategic businesses and assets. The expenses and any income recognized directly associated with these actions are included in Merger and restructuring expenses, net on a separate line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in order to identify these activities apart from the expenses incurred to sell to and service our customers. These expenses are not included in the determination of Division operating income. Merger and restructuring expenses, net were $116 million in 2019, $72 million in 2018 and $94 million in 2017.

Business Acceleration Program

In May 2019, our Board of Directors approved a company-wide, multi-year, cost reduction and business improvement program to systematically drive down costs, improve operational efficiencies, and enable future growth investments. Under this program (the “Business Acceleration Program”), we have made and will continue to make organizational realignments stemming from process improvements, increased leverage of technology and accelerated use of automation. This has resulted and will continue to result in the elimination of certain positions and a flatter organization. In connection with the Business Acceleration Program, we also anticipate closing approximately 90 underperforming retail stores in 2020 and 2021, and 9 other facilities, consisting of distribution centers and sales offices, of which 7 were closed as of the end of 2019. Total estimated costs to implement the Business Acceleration Program are expected to be approximately $107 million, comprised of:

 

(a)

severance and related employee costs of approximately $40 million;

 

(b)

recruitment and relocation costs of approximately $2 million;

 

(c)

retail store and facility closure net costs of approximately $7 million;

 

(d)

third-party costs to facilitate the execution of the Business Acceleration Program of approximately $49 million; and

 

(e)

other costs of approximately $9 million.

Of the aggregate costs to implement the Business Acceleration Program, approximately $104 million are expected to be cash expenditures through 2021 funded primarily with cash on hand and cash from operations.

In 2019, we incurred $82 million in restructuring expenses associated with the Business Acceleration Program which consisted of $40 million of severance costs, $39 million in third-party professional fees, and $3 million of retail store and facility closure costs and other. Of the expenses incurred in 2019, cash expenditures of $69 million were paid through the end of 2019.

Other

Included in restructuring expenses in 2019, 2018 and 2017 are $8 million, $5 million and $50 million, respectively, of costs incurred in connection with the Comprehensive Business Review, a program we announced in 2016 and concluded at the end of 2019. These costs include severance, facility closure costs, contract termination, accelerated depreciation, relocation and disposal gains and losses, as well as other costs associated with retail store closures. Under the Comprehensive Business Review, we closed a total of 208 retail stores of which 54 occurred in 2019.

Additionally, restructuring expenses in 2018 and 2017 included professional fees of $11 million and $2 million, respectively, associated with planning our multi-year strategic transformation.

Refer to Note 3. “Merger and Restructuring Activity” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an extensive analysis of these Corporate charges.

Legal Expense Accrual

During 2018, we recorded $25 million of legal expense accrual that was paid in 2019 in connection with certain settlement discussions we had undertaken with the Federal Trade Commission.

Unallocated Expenses

We allocate to our Divisions functional support expenses that are considered to be directly or closely related to segment activity. These allocated expenses are included in the measurement of Division operating income. Other companies may charge more or less for functional support expenses to their segments, and our results, therefore, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used

34


Table of Contents

 

by other companies. The unallocated expenses primarily consist of the buildings used for our corporate headquarters and personnel not directly supporting the Divisions, including certain executive, finance, legal, audit and similar functions. Unallocated expenses also include the pension credit related to the frozen OfficeMax pension and other benefit plans. Additionally, the pension plan in the United Kingdom that has been retained by us in connection with the sale of the European Business, as well as certain general and administrative costs previously allocated to the International Division that have been excluded from the discontinued operations measurement have been included in corporate unallocated expenses.

Unallocated expenses were $100 million, $93 million, and $96 million in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. The increase in 2019 compared to 2018 is primarily resulted from higher incentive expenses associated with our overall performance in 2019, partially offset by savings associated with our Business Acceleration Program initiatives. Unallocated expenses remained relatively flat in 2018 when compared to 2017.

Other Income and Expense

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Interest income

 

$

23

 

 

$

25

 

 

$

22

 

Interest expense

 

 

(89

)

 

 

(121

)

 

 

(62

)

Loss on extinguishment and modification of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

Other income, net

 

 

21

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

12

 

 

Interest income includes $19 million in 2019, $19 million in 2018 and $20 million in 2017, related to the Timber notes receivable, including amortization of the fair value adjustment recorded in purchase accounting. Interest expense includes non-recourse debt interest, including amortization of the fair value adjustment recorded in purchase accounting, amounting to $14 million in 2019, $18 million in 2018 and $18 million in 2017. Refer to Note 10. “Timber Notes/Non-Recourse Debt,” and Note 11. “Debt” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

In the fourth quarter of 2017, we entered into a $750 million Term Loan Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 11, “Debt,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements), due 2022. Borrowings under the Term Loan Credit Agreement were issued with an original issue discount, at an issue price of 97.00%, and incurred interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 7.00%. In the fourth quarter of 2018, we entered into the First Amendment (as defined in Note 11, “Debt,” of the Consolidated Financial Statements) to reduce the interest rate from LIBOR plus 7.00% to LIBOR plus 5.25%. In connection with the applicable interest rate reduction, we also made a voluntary repayment under the Term Loan Credit Agreement in the amount of $194 million. As a result, we recognized a $15 million loss on modification of debt in 2018, which consists of a 1% prepayment premium and the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount in an amount proportional to the term loan repaid. We recorded $40 million, $70 million and $10 million of interest expense in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, related to the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

Income Taxes

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Income tax expense

 

$

47

 

 

$

59

 

 

$

153

 

Effective income tax rate*

 

 

32

%

 

 

37

%

 

 

51

%

 

*

Income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes.

Our effective tax rate of 32% in 2019 differs from the statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the impact of state taxes and certain nondeductible items, the recognition of valuation allowances, and our mix of income and losses across U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate of 37% in 2018 reflected the same Federal marginal tax rate of 21% and the impact of mixed income and losses across US and non-US jurisdictions. In addition, the 2018 rate was impacted by several discrete items, including the impact of a potentially nondeductible legal settlement and excess tax deficiencies associated with stock-based compensation awards, state taxes, and certain other nondeductible items. We completed several acquisitions and dispositions, some of which resulted in the recognition of gain or loss for tax purposes, which differed from the amount recognized for GAAP purposes. Our effective tax rate in 2017 varied considerably as a result of three primary factors: 1) the impact of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act; 2) the mix of income and losses across U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions; and 3) the reduction of previously established valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. As a result, our effective tax rates were 32% in 2019, 37% in 2018 and 51% in 2017.

As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Alternative Minimum Tax (AMT) for corporations was repealed. In addition, any unused AMT Credits that remain unused for tax years after 2017 can be refunded up to 50% of the unused balance in any tax year. For the 2018 tax year, we received a cash refund of $44 million of our credits in the fourth quarter. For 2019, it is anticipated that $22 million will be available for refund. These amounts are reflected as a reduction of deferred tax assets.

35


Table of Contents

 

It is expected that we will recognize a large deferred tax liability related to the maturity of the Timber Note Receivable. The entire deferred gain will be recognized, resulting in significant taxable income in the first quarter of 2020. However, the triggered gain is expected to be largely offset by available capital loss carryforwards, both Federal and state, state net operating losses, and any remaining Federal credits. As a result, the majority of our remaining AMT credits will be utilized at that time.

During 2019, we established valuation allowances on certain deferred tax assets related to certain credits and carryforwards that more likely than not will not be utilized prior to expiration.

We continue to have a U.S. valuation allowance for certain U.S. Federal credits and state tax attributes, which relate to deferred tax assets that require either certain types of income or for income to be earned in certain jurisdictions in order to be realized. We will continue to assess the realizability of our deferred tax assets in the U.S. and remaining foreign jurisdictions in future periods. Changes in pretax income projections could impact this evaluation in future periods.

It is reasonably possible that certain tax positions of $2 million will be resolved within the next 12 months. Additionally, we anticipate that it is reasonably possible that new issues will be raised or resolved by tax authorities that may require changes to the balance of unrecognized tax benefits; however, an estimate of such changes cannot reasonably be made.

We file a U.S. Federal income tax return and other income tax returns in various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. Federal and state and local income tax examinations for years before 2017 and 2014, respectively. The acquired OfficeMax U.S. consolidated group is no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examination and with few exceptions, is no longer subject to U.S. state and local income tax examinations for years prior to 2014. Our U.S. Federal income tax returns for 2017 and 2018 are currently under review. Generally, we are subject to routine examination for years 2013 and forward in our international tax jurisdictions.

Refer to Note 6. “Income Taxes” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional tax discussion.

Discontinued Operations

Refer to Note 18. “Discontinued Operations” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

LIQUIDITY

At December 28, 2019, we had $698 million in cash and cash equivalents, an increase of $40 million from December 29, 2018. In addition, at the end of fiscal 2019 we had $920 million of available credit under the Amended Credit Agreement based on the December 2019 borrowing base certificate, for a total liquidity of approximately $1.6 billion, flat with $1.6 billion at the end of fiscal 2018. We currently believe that our cash and cash equivalents on hand, availability of funds under the Amended Credit Agreement, and full year cash flows generated from operations will be sufficient to fund our working capital, capital expenditures, debt repayments, common stock repurchases, cash dividends on common stock, merger integration and restructuring expenses, and future acquisitions consistent with our strategic growth initiatives for at least twelve months from the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Financing

No amounts were drawn under the Amended Credit Agreement during 2019 and there were no amounts outstanding at December 28, 2019. There were letters of credit outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement at the end of 2019 totaling $65 million and we were in compliance with all applicable financial covenants as of December 28, 2019.

The Term Loan Credit Agreement contains representations and warranties, events of default, and affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for similar financings and which include, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, restrictions on our ability to declare or pay dividends, repurchase common stock, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, make investments, dispose of assets, and merge or consolidate with any other person. In addition, a minimum liquidity maintenance covenant, requiring us and our restricted subsidiaries to retain unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and availability under our Amended Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount of at least $400 million, will apply at any time that our senior secured leverage ratio under the agreement is greater than 1.50:1.00 as calculated quarterly. At December 28, 2019, the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio was 0.69:1.00 and the Company was in compliance with the agreement.

As disclosed in Note 10. “Timber Notes/Non-Recourse Debt,” in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, during the third quarter of 2019, through a bankruptcy remote indirect subsidiary, we entered into a term loan agreement which provides for us to receive a $735 million loan on October 31, 2019 (the “Bridge Loan”) that was used to refinance our Securitization Notes. We received a net cash payment of $87.7 million upon maturity of the Installment Notes and the Bridge Loan on January 29, 2020, which were net settled as they were with the same third-party financial institution. This amount includes principal of $82.5 million and interest of $5.2 million.

 

36


Table of Contents

 

Tax refund

As noted in the “Income Taxes” section above, we received a refund of unutilized AMT credits of $44 million in the fourth quarter of 2019. In addition, we anticipate an additional $22 million in 2020 with the filing of our 2019 return.

Strategic Transformation

In addition to the acquisitions disclosed herein, we have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, possible acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets in connection with our strategic transformation. Such transactions may be material and may involve cash, our securities or the incurrence of additional indebtedness (Refer to Note 2. “Acquisitions” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information).

Capital Expenditures

In 2020, we expect capital expenditures of up to approximately $150 million, including investments to support our critical priorities and redesign the layout of our stores to enhance our in-store experience. These expenditures will be funded through available cash on hand and operating cash flows.

Share Repurchases

In November 2018, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program of up to $100 million of our common stock effective January 1, 2019, which extends until the end of 2020 and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The stock repurchase authorization permits us to repurchase stock from time-to-time through a combination of open market repurchases, privately negotiated transactions, 10b5-1 trading plans, accelerated stock repurchase transactions and/or other derivative transactions. The exact number and timing of stock repurchases will depend on market conditions and other factors, and will be funded through available cash balances. However, our ability to repurchase our common stock is subject to certain restrictions under the Term Loan Credit Agreement. The authorized amount under the stock repurchase program excludes fees, commissions or other expenses. In November 2019, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the authorization of the existing stock repurchase program of up to $200 million and extended the program through the end of 2021. The new authorization includes the remaining authorized amount under the existing stock repurchase program. Under the stock repurchase program, we purchased approximately 15 million shares at cost of $40 million in 2019.

Dividends

On February 4, 2020, our Board of Directors declared a cash dividend on our common stock of $0.025 per share, payable on March 13, 2020, to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 2, 2020. The Term Loan Credit Agreement contains certain restrictions on our ability to declare or pay dividends.

CASH FLOWS

Cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities of continuing operations is summarized as follows:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Operating activities of continuing operations

 

$

366

 

 

$

616

 

 

$

467

 

Investing activities of continuing operations

 

 

(119

)

 

 

(249

)

 

 

(1,030

)

Financing activities of continuing operations

 

 

(212

)

 

 

(414

)

 

 

473

 

 

Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

Cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations decreased by $250 million during 2019 when compared to 2018. This was primarily driven by significant working capital improvements recognized in 2018 that were not replicated in 2019. Cash outflows associated with our Business Acceleration Program of approximately $69 million, a $25 million legal settlement payment which is included in the change in net working capital, and a payment in the amount of $11 million for contingent consideration related to an acquisition were other significant contributors to the decrease in cash flow from operating activities.

Cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations increased by $149 million during 2018 when compared to 2017. This was driven by favorable changes in working capital of $260 million, partially offset by lower net income from continuing operations of $47 million. The improvement in working capital is primarily associated with extended payment terms on our accounts payable coupled with improved collections on our accounts receivable. These improvements in working capital were partially offset by a large reduction in inventory levels in 2017 compared to 2018, when the number of store closures was substantially lower than the prior two years. Cash flows from operating activities includes outflows related to merger, restructuring, and integration activity.

The timing of changes in working capital is subject to variability during the year and across years depending on a variety of factors, including period end sales, the flow of goods, credit terms, timing of promotions, vendor production planning, new product introductions and working capital management. For our accounting policy on cash management, refer to Note 1. “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

37


Table of Contents

 

Investing Activities from Continuing Operations

Cash used in investing activities of continuing operations was $119 million in 2019, primarily driven by $150 million in capital expenditures associated with our service platform, distribution network, retail experience, and eCommerce capabilities. In addition, we spent $22 million in business acquisitions, net of cash acquired. These cash outflows from investing activities were partially offset by net cash proceeds of $50 million associated with the disposal of non-strategic assets.

Cash used in investing activities of continuing operations was $249 million in 2018, primarily driven by $187 million in investments made in our service platform, eCommerce, and capabilities across our retail and distribution network, the inclusion of a full year of capital expenditures associated with our CompuCom Division, and $81 million in business acquisitions net of cash acquired and contingent consideration liabilities. These cash outflows from investing activities were partially offset by net cash proceeds of $15 million associated with the disposal of non-strategic assets.

Financing Activities from Continuing Operations

Cash used in financing activities of continuing operations was $212 million in 2019, primarily driven by $98 million net repayments on long and short-term borrowings, $55 million in cash dividends, $40 million in repurchases of common stock, including commissions, and a $12 million acquisition contingent consideration payment up to the amount of the acquisition-date liability.

Cash used in financing activities of continuing operations was $414 million in 2018, reflecting $97 million net repayments on long and short-term borrowings and a $194 million voluntary partial repayment of our Term Loan Credit Agreement. Cash dividends and repurchases of common stock in 2018 were $55 million and $39 million, respectively. We also used $18 million in cash to acquire a non-controlling equity interest of a subsidiary related to the CompuCom acquisition. We sold this subsidiary in December 2018, and the net cash proceeds were included in the $15 million net cash proceeds associated with the disposal of non-strategic assets described above in investing activities from continuing operations.

Discontinued Operations

Cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities of discontinued operations is summarized as follows:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Operating activities of discontinued operations

 

$

 

 

$

11

 

 

$

(9

)

Investing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

(68

)

Financing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

Cash flows from operating activity of discontinued operations reflect cash movements between continuing operating and discontinued operating entities up until the sale of the individual businesses included in the disposal group. All intercompany transactions between discontinued and continuing operating entities are eliminated in consolidation. As disclosed in Note 18. “Discontinued Operations,” in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, all discontinued operations were sold in 2018. Accordingly, there were no cash activities of discontinued operations in 2019.

 

The change in operating cash flows of discontinued operations in 2018 compared to 2017 reflects the impact of the sale of our former businesses in Australia and New Zealand in 2018.

 

Cash flows provided by investing activities of discontinued operations in 2018 reflect the sale of our former businesses in Australia and New Zealand, net of $6 million paid for professional fees and other closing costs.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 28, 2019, we had retail stores and other facilities and equipment under operating lease agreements, which are included in the table within the Contractual Obligations section below. Most of these are no longer off-balance sheet arrangements with the adoption of the new lease accounting standard in 2019. Refer to Note 1. “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 12. “Leases” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the new lease accounting standard. In addition, Note 17. “Commitments and Contingencies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements describes certain of our arrangements that contain indemnifications.

38


Table of Contents

 

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations at December 28, 2019, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flow in future periods. Some of the figures included in this table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, the possibility of renewal, anticipated actions by third parties and other factors. Because these estimates and assumptions are necessarily subjective, the amounts we will actually pay in future periods may vary from those reflected in the table.

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

(In millions)

 

Total

 

 

2020

 

 

2021-

2022

 

 

2023-

2024

 

 

Thereafter

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recourse debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt obligations (1)

 

$

746

 

 

$

123

 

 

$

414

 

 

$

99

 

 

$

110

 

Finance lease obligations (2)

 

 

90

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

9

 

Non-recourse debt (3)

 

 

740

 

 

 

740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations (2)

 

 

1,903

 

 

 

461

 

 

 

696

 

 

 

410

 

 

 

336

 

Purchase obligations (4)

 

 

174

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

3,653

 

 

$

1,428

 

 

$

1,225

 

 

$

545

 

 

$

455

 

 

(1)

Long-term debt obligations consist primarily of expected payments (principal and interest) on our $750 million term loan credit facility and $186 million of revenue bonds at various interest rates.

(2)

Finance and operating lease payments include $17 million and $116 million, respectively, related to options to extend lease terms that are reasonably certain of being exercised. Refer to Note 12. “Leases” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our operating and finance lease obligations.

(3)

There is no recourse against us related to the Bridge Loan as recourse is limited to proceeds from the pledged Installment Notes receivable and underlying guaranty. Refer to Note 10. “Timber Notes/Non-Recourse Debt” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our Bridge Loan. 

(4)

Purchase obligations include all commitments to purchase goods or services of either a fixed or minimum quantity that are enforceable and legally binding on us that meet any of the following criteria: (1) they are non-cancelable, (2) we would incur a penalty if the agreement was cancelled, or (3) we must make specified minimum payments even if we do not take delivery of the contracted products or services. If the obligation is non-cancelable, the entire value of the contract is included in the table. If the obligation is cancelable, but we would incur a penalty if cancelled, the dollar amount of the penalty is included as a purchase obligation.

If we can unilaterally terminate an agreement simply by providing a certain number of days notice or by paying a termination fee, we have included the amount of the termination fee or the amount that would be paid over the “notice period.” As of December 28, 2019, purchase obligations include marketing services, outsourced accounting services, certain fixed assets and software licenses, service and maintenance contracts for information technology and communication. Contracts that can be unilaterally terminated without a penalty have not been included.

Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 28, 2019 includes $176 million classified as Deferred income taxes and other long-term liabilities. Deferred income taxes and other long-term liabilities primarily consist of net long-term deferred income taxes, deferred lease credits, long-term restructuring accruals, certain liabilities under our deferred compensation plans, accruals for uncertain tax positions, and environmental accruals. Certain of these liabilities have been excluded from the above table as either the amounts are fully funded or the timing and/or the amount of any cash payment is uncertain. Refer to Note 3. “Merger and Restructuring Activity” for a discussion of our restructuring accruals and Note 6. “Income Taxes” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our deferred tax positions and accruals for uncertain tax positions.

Our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 28, 2019 also includes $86 million of current and non-current pension and postretirement obligations, which is also excluded from the table above, as the timing of the cash payments is uncertain. Our estimate is that payments in future years will total $62 million. This estimate represents the minimum contributions required per Internal Revenue Service funding rules and our estimated future payments under pension and postretirement plans. Actuarially-determined liabilities related to pension and postretirement benefits are recorded based on estimates and assumptions. Key factors used in developing estimates of these liabilities include assumptions related to discount rates, rates of return on investments, healthcare cost trends, benefit payment patterns and other factors. Changes in assumptions related to the measurement of funded status could have a material impact on the amount reported. Refer to Note 15. “Employee Benefit Plans” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

In addition to the above, we have outstanding letters of credit totaling $65 million at December 28, 2019.

39


Table of Contents

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Preparation of these statements requires management to make judgments and estimates. Some accounting policies and estimates have a significant impact on amounts reported in these financial statements. A summary of significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1. “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We have also identified certain accounting policies and estimates that we consider critical to understanding our business and our results of operations and we have provided below additional information on those policies. Refer to Note 1. “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 12. “Leases” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the significant changes made for adopting the new lease accounting standard in 2019.

Inventory valuation — Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted average cost or net realizable value. We monitor active inventory for excessive quantities and slow-moving items and record adjustments as necessary to lower the value if the anticipated realizable amount is below cost. We also identify merchandise that we plan to discontinue or have begun to phase out and assess the estimated recoverability of the carrying value. This includes consideration of the quantity of the merchandise, the rate of sale, and our assessment of current and projected market conditions and anticipated vendor programs. If necessary, we record a charge to cost of sales to reduce the carrying value of this merchandise to our estimate of the lower of cost or realizable amount. Additional promotional activities may be initiated, and markdowns may be taken as considered appropriate until the product is sold or otherwise disposed. Estimates and judgments are required in determining what items to stock and at what level, and what items to discontinue and how to value them prior to sale.

We also recognize an expense in cost of sales for our estimate of physical inventory loss from theft, short shipments and other factors — referred to as inventory shrink. During the year, we adjust the estimate of our inventory shrink rate accrual following on-hand adjustments and our physical inventory count results. These changes in estimates may result in volatility within the year or impact comparisons to other periods.

Vendor arrangements — Inventory purchases from vendors are generally under arrangements that automatically renew until cancelled with periodic updates or annual negotiated agreements. Many of these arrangements require the vendors to make payments to us or provide credits to be used against purchases if and when certain conditions are met. We refer to these arrangements as “vendor programs.” Vendor programs fall into two broad categories, with some underlying sub-categories. The first category is volume-based rebates. Under those arrangements, our product costs per unit decline as higher volumes of purchases are reached. Current accounting rules provide that companies with a reasonable basis for estimating their full year purchases, and therefore the ultimate rebate level, can use that estimate to value inventory and cost of goods sold throughout the year. We believe our history of purchases with many vendors provides us with a basis for our estimates of purchase volume. If the anticipated volume of purchases is not reached, however, or if we form the belief at any point in the year that it is not likely to be reached, cost of goods sold and the remaining inventory balances are adjusted to reflect that change in our outlook. We review sales projections and related purchases against vendor program estimates at least quarterly and adjust these balances accordingly.

The second broad category of arrangements with our vendors is event-based programs. These arrangements can take many forms, including advertising support, special pricing offered by certain of our vendors for a limited time, payments for special placement or promotion of a product, reimbursement of costs incurred to launch a vendor’s product, and various other special programs. These payments are classified as a reduction of costs of goods sold or inventory, based on the nature of the program and the sell-through of the inventory. Some arrangements may meet the specific, incremental, identifiable cost criteria that allow for direct operating expense offset, but such arrangements are not significant.

Vendor programs are recognized throughout the year based on judgment and estimates and amounts due from vendors are generally settled throughout the year based on purchase volumes. The final amounts not already collected from vendors are generally known soon after year-end and are reflected in our results of operations. Substantially all vendor program receivables outstanding at the end of the year are settled within the three months following year-end. We believe that our historical collection rates of these receivables provide a sound basis for our estimates of anticipated vendor payments throughout the year.

Long-lived asset impairments — Long-lived assets with identifiable cash flows are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. We assess recovery of the asset or asset groups using estimates of cash flows directly associated with the future use and eventual disposition of the asset or asset groups. If anticipated cash flows are insufficient to recover the asset on an undiscounted basis, impairment is measured as the difference between the asset’s estimated fair value (generally, the discounted cash flows or its salvage value) and its carrying value, and any costs of disposition. Factors that could trigger an impairment assessment include, among others, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or the business climate that could affect the value of the asset. As restructuring activities continue, we may identify assets or asset groups for sale or abandonment and incur impairment charges.

40


Table of Contents

 

Because of declining sales, store assets are reviewed periodically throughout the year for recoverability of their asset carrying amounts. The frequency of this test may change in future periods if performance warrants. The analysis uses input from retail store operations and our accounting and finance personnel that organizationally report to the Chief Financial Officer. These projections are based on our estimates of store-level sales, gross margins, direct expenses, and resulting cash flows and, by their nature, include judgments about how current initiatives will impact future performance. Store asset impairment charges of $54 million, $6 million and $2 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, are included in Asset impairments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Based on the fourth quarter 2019 analysis, a 100-basis point further decrease in next year sales, combined with a 50-basis point decrease in gross margin from the rates utilized in our analysis, would have increased the impairment charge by less than $1 million. Further, a 100-basis point decrease in sales for all periods would have increased the impairment charge by less than $1 million.

 

Important assumptions used in these projections include an assessment of future overall economic conditions, our ability to control future costs, maintain aspects of positive performance, and successfully implement initiatives designed to enhance sales and gross margins. To the extent our estimates of future performance are not realized, future assessments could result in material impairment charges.

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets — Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired entity over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. We review the carrying amount of goodwill at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, or more frequently, if events or changes in circumstances suggest that goodwill may not be recoverable. For those reporting units where events or change in circumstances indicate that potential impairment indicators exist, we perform a quantitative assessment to determine whether the carrying amount of goodwill can be recovered. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred.

 

When performing the annual goodwill impairment test, we may start with an optional qualitative assessment which involves the evaluation of all events and circumstances, including both positive and negative events, in their totality, to determine whether it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we bypass the qualitative assessment, or if the qualitative assessment indicates that a quantitative analysis should be performed, we evaluate goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value, including the associated goodwill. We estimate the reporting unit’s fair value using discounted cash flow analysis and market-based evaluations, when available. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the carrying value to the estimated fair value. We typically use a combination valuation approaches that are dependent on several significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues, cost of sales, expenses and the weighted-average cost of capital for each reporting unit. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

Other intangible assets primarily include customer relationship values, trade names and technology. At December 28, 2019, the net carrying amount of customer relationships totaled $303 million, and primarily related to the CompuCom acquisition and OfficeMax merger. The original valuation assumed continuation of attrition rates previously experienced with these businesses and synergy benefits from the transactions. If we experience an unanticipated decline in sales or profitability associated with these customers, the remaining useful life will be reassessed and could result in either acceleration of amortization or impairment.

 

Accounting for Business Combinations — We include the results of operations of acquired businesses in our consolidated results prospectively from the date of acquisition. Total purchase consideration of acquired businesses may include contingent consideration based on the future results of operations of the acquired businesses. Significant judgements are required to estimate the future results of operations of the acquired businesses and the contingent consideration. Differences between the actual results of operations of the acquired businesses and the original estimate may result in additional contingent consideration liabilities. Changes in fair value of the contingent consideration may result in additional transaction related expenses. We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity generally based on their fair values at the acquisition date. We use various valuation methodologies to estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including using a market participant perspective when applying cost, income and relief from royalty analyses, supplemented with market appraisals where appropriate. Significant judgments and estimates are required in preparing these fair value estimates. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair value of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity is recorded as goodwill. The primary items that generate goodwill include the value of the synergies between the acquired company and us and the value of the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies for recognition as an intangible asset. Acquisition-related expenses and post-acquisition restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred.

41


Table of Contents

 

Competitive Factors — We continue to see development and growth of competitors in all segments of our business. In particular, Internet-based companies, mass merchandisers and wholesale clubs, as well as food and drugstore chains, have increased their assortment of home office merchandise, attracting additional back-to-school customers and year-round casual shoppers. We have seen substantial growth in the number of competitors that offer office products over the Internet, as well as the breadth and depth of their product offerings. In addition to large numbers of smaller Internet providers featuring special price incentives and one-time deals (such as close-outs), we are experiencing strong competitive pressures from large Internet providers such as Amazon and Walmart that offer a full assortment of office products through direct sales and, in the case of Amazon, acting as a “storefront” for other specialty office product providers.

Wholesale clubs have expanded beyond their in-store assortment by adding catalogs and websites from which a much broader assortment of products may be ordered. We also face competition from other office supply stores that compete directly with us in numerous markets. This competition is likely to result in increased competitive pressures on pricing, product selection and services provided by our Retail and Business Solutions Divisions. Many of these retail competitors, including discounters, wholesale clubs, and drug stores and grocery chains, carry basic office supply products. Some of them also feature technology products. Many of them may price certain of these offerings lower than we do, but they have not shown an indication of greatly expanding their somewhat limited product offerings at this time. This trend towards a proliferation of retailers offering a limited assortment of office products is a potentially serious trend that could shift purchasing away from office supply specialty retailers and adversely impact our results. Another trend in our office products industry has been consolidation, as competitors in office supply stores and the copy/print channel have been acquired and consolidated into larger, well-capitalized corporations. This trend towards consolidation, coupled with acquisitions by financially strong organizations, is potentially a significant trend in our office products industry that could impact our results. Additionally, consumers are utilizing more technology and purchasing less paper, ink and toner, physical file storage and general office supplies. Lower demand for printing paper is causing a decline in manufacturing and ensuing industry supply of paper products. This in turn is leading to a meaningful increase in paper cost, which we are not always able to pass along to our customers commensurably.

Our CompuCom Division also operates in an environment that is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to shifting client needs and expectations. We compete with companies that provide IT services and outsourcing, as well as companies that sell IT related products.

We regularly consider these and other competitive factors when we establish both offensive and defensive aspects of our overall business strategy and operating plans.

Economic Factors — Our customers in the Retail Division and certain of our customers in the Business Solutions and CompuCom Divisions are small and home office businesses. Accordingly, spending by these customers is affected by macroeconomic conditions, such as changes in the housing market and commodity costs, credit availability and other factors.

Liquidity Factors We rely on our cash flow from operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents, and access to broad financial markets to provide the liquidity we need to operate our business and fund integration and restructuring activities. Together, these sources have been used to fund operating and working capital needs, as well as invest in business expansion through capital improvements and acquisitions. While we have in place a $1.2 billion asset-based credit facility to provide liquidity, the economic factors affecting our business may limit our ability to access this credit facility in full or cause future refinancing terms to be less favorable than the terms of our current indebtedness.

MARKET SENSITIVE RISKS AND POSITIONS

We have adopted an enterprise risk management process patterned after the principles set out by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO). We utilize a common view of exposure identification and risk management. A process is in place for periodic risk reviews and identification of appropriate mitigation strategies.

We have market risk exposure related to interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and commodities. Market risk is measured as the potential negative impact on earnings, cash flows or fair values resulting from a hypothetical change in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates over the next year. Interest rate changes on obligations may result from external market factors, as well as changes in our credit rating. We manage our exposure to market risks at the corporate level. The portfolio of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities is monitored to provide liquidity necessary to satisfy anticipated short-term needs. Our risk management policies allow the use of specified financial instruments for hedging purposes only; speculation on interest rates, foreign currency rates, or commodities is not permitted.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, debt obligations, and defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans.

42


Table of Contents

 

The impact on cash and cash equivalents held at December 28, 2019 from a hypothetical 50-basis point change in interest rates would be an increase or decrease in interest income of approximately $3 million. The impact on our term loan at December 28, 2019 from a hypothetical 50-basis point change in interest rates would be an increase or decrease in interest expense of approximately $2 million.

The following table provides information about our debt portfolio outstanding as of December 28, 2019, that is sensitive to changes in interest rates. The following table does not include our obligations for pension plans and other postretirement benefits, although market risk also arises within our defined benefit pension plans to the extent that the obligations of the pension plans are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows. Refer to Note 15. “Employee Benefit Plans” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our pension plans and other postretirement benefits obligations.

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

(In millions)

 

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Risk

Sensitivity

 

 

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Risk

Sensitivity

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Timber notes receivable

 

$

819

 

 

$

819

 

 

$

 

 

$

842

 

 

$

835

 

 

$

4

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recourse debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan, due 2022

 

$

393

 

 

$

409

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

463

 

 

$

490

 

 

$

2

 

Revenue bonds, due in varying amounts

   periodically through

   2029

 

$

186

 

 

$

186

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

186

 

 

$

184

 

 

$

4

 

American & Foreign Power Company, Inc.

   5% debentures,

   due 2030

 

$

15

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

1

 

Non-recourse debt — Timber notes

 

$

735

 

 

$

735

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

754

 

 

$

750

 

 

$

3

 

 

The risk sensitivity of fixed rate debt reflects the estimated increase in fair value from a 50-basis point decrease in interest rates, calculated on a discounted cash flow basis. The sensitivity of variable rate debt reflects the possible increase in interest expense during the next period from a 50-basis point change in interest rates prevailing at year-end.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

We conduct business through our entities in Canada, Mexico, India, Costa Rica and China, where their functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. We continue to assess our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations against the U.S. dollar. As of December 28, 2019, a 10% change in the applicable foreign exchange rates would have resulted in an increase or decrease in our pretax earnings of approximately $4 million.

Commodities Risk

We operate a large network of stores and delivery centers. As such, we purchase fuel needed to transport products to our stores and customers as well as pay shipping costs to import products from overseas. We are exposed to potential changes in the underlying commodity costs associated with this transport activity.

We enter into economic hedge transactions for a portion of our anticipated fuel consumption. These arrangements are marked to market at each reporting period. Some of these arrangements may not be designated as hedges for accounting purposes and changes in value are recognized in current earnings through the Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Those that are designated as hedges for accounting purposes are also marked to market at each reporting period, with the change in value deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income until the related fuel is consumed. In 2018, we entered into contracts for approximately two million gallons of fuel that were settled in January 2020. Currently, these economic hedging transactions are not considered material. As of December 28, 2019, excluding the impact of any hedge transaction, a 10% change in domestic commodity costs would have resulted in an increase or decrease in our operating profit of approximately $5 million.

INFLATION AND SEASONALITY

Although we cannot determine the precise effects of inflation on our business, we do not believe inflation has had a material impact on our sales or the results of our operations. Our business experiences a certain level of seasonality, with sales generally trending lower in the second quarter, following the “back-to-business” sales cycle in the first quarter and preceding the “back-to-school” sales cycle in the third quarter and the holiday sales cycle in the fourth quarter for the Retail and Business Solutions Divisions. The CompuCom Division generally does not experience notable seasonality. Certain working capital components may build and recede during the year reflecting established selling cycles. Business cycles can and have impacted our operations and financial position when compared to other periods.

43


Table of Contents

 

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

For a description of new applicable accounting standards, refer to Note 1. “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Refer to information in the “Market Sensitive Risks and Positions” subsection of MD&A of this Annual Report.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

MANAGEMENT’S DISCLOSURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the possible controls and procedures. Each reporting period, we carry out an evaluation, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act.

Based on management’s evaluation, our principal executive and financial officer has concluded that, as of December 28, 2019, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Changes in Internal Controls

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2019, which were identified in connection with management’s evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

During the first quarter of 2019, we implemented certain internal controls over financial reporting in connection with our adoption of the new lease accounting standard. Other smaller companies we acquired during 2018 have been integrated into our overall internal control over financial reporting processes throughout 2019.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Office Depot as defined in under Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and the Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2019. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 28, 2019.

Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2019, has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report provided below.

 

44


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Office Depot, Inc.

Boca Raton, Florida

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Office Depot, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 28, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019, of the Company and our report dated February 26, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of new accounting standards.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Boca Raton, Florida

February 26, 2020

45


Table of Contents

 

REFERENCE TO THE PROXY STATEMENT

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information concerning our executive officers is set forth under the caption “Information About Our Executive Officers” within Who Manages Our Business of this Annual Report.

Information required by this item with respect to our directors and the nomination process will be contained under the heading “Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance,” respectively, in the proxy statement for our 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC (the “Proxy Statement”) within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year, which information is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

Information required by this item with respect to our audit committee and our audit committee financial experts will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Corporate Governance – Board and Committee Responsibilities” and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

Information required by this item with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

Our Code of Ethical Behavior is in compliance with applicable rules of the SEC that apply to our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, and our principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Ethical Behavior is available free of charge on the “Investor Relations” section of our website, www.officedepot.com. We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this Code of Ethical Behavior by posting such information on our website at the address and location specified above.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by this item with respect to executive compensation and director compensation will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Compensation Discussion & Analysis” and “Director Compensation,” respectively, and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

The information required by this item with respect to compensation committee interlocks and insider participation will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

The compensation committee report required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Compensation Committee Report” and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

The information required by this item with respect to compensation policies and practices as they relate to the Company’s risk management will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Corporate Governance” under the subheadings “Board Oversight of Risk” and “Risk Assessment of Compensation Programs” and are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by this item with respect to securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans is contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference in this Annual Report.

Information required by this item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

Information required by this item with respect to such contractual relationships and director independence will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Corporate Governance” under subheadings “Related Person Transactions Policy” and “Director Independence and Independence Determinations,” respectively, and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information with respect to principal accounting fees and services and pre-approval policies will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures” respectively, and is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.

46


Table of Contents

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DETAILS

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

 

1.

The financial statements listed in “Index to Financial Statements.”

 

2.

All other financial statements are omitted because the required information is not applicable, or because the information is included in the “Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

3.

Exhibits.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS FOR OFFICE DEPOT 10-K

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit

 

 

    3.1

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Office Depot, Inc. (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 1, 2018).

 

 

    3.2

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference from the respective annex to the Proxy Statement for Office Depot, Inc.’s 1995 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed with the SEC on April 20, 1995). (P)

 

 

    3.3

 

Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 10, 1998). (P)

 

 

    4.1

 

Form of Certificate representing shares of Common Stock (Incorporated by reference from the respective exhibit to Office Depot, Inc.’s Registration Statement No. 33-39473 on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on March 15, 1991). (P)

 

 

    4.2

 

Description of Office Depot, Inc.’s Securities.

 

 

  10.1

 

Office Depot, Inc. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference from the respective annex to the Proxy Statement for Office Depot, Inc.’s 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2019).*

 

 

  10.2

 

Office Depot, Inc. 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of Office Depot, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on July 20, 2017).*

 

 

  10.3

 

Office Depot, Inc. 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on June 19, 2015).*

 

 

  10.4

 

Office Depot Corporate Annual Bonus Plan (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2015).

 

 

  10.5

 

Form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2011, among Office Depot, Inc. and certain of its European subsidiaries as Borrowers, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and U.S. Collateral Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch, as European Administrative and European Collateral Agent, and the other lenders referred to therein (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on July 26, 2011).**

 

 

  10.6

 

First Amendment, dated February  24, 2012, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May  25, 2011, among Office Depot, Inc. and certain of its European subsidiaries as Borrowers, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and U.S. Collateral Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch, as European Administrative and European Collateral Agent, and the other lenders referred to therein (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2012).

 

 

  10.7

 

Form of Second Amendment, dated as of March  4, 2013, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 25, 2011, as amended by the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February  24, 2012, among Office Depot, Inc., and certain of its European subsidiaries as Borrowers, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and U.S. Collateral Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch, as European Administrative and European Collateral Agent, and the other lenders referred to therein (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 6, 2013).

 


47


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit

 

 

  10.8

 

Form of Third Amendment, dated as of November 1, 2013, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 25, 2011, as amended by the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February  24, 2012 and the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March  4, 2013, among Office Depot, Inc., and certain of its European subsidiaries as Borrowers, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and U.S. Collateral Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch, as European Administrative and European Collateral Agent, and the other lenders referred to therein (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 25, 2014).

 

 

  10.9

 

Form of Fourth Amendment, dated as of May 1, 2015, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 25, 2011, as amended by the First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2012, the Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2013 and the Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, among Office Depot, Inc., and certain of its European subsidiaries as Borrowers, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and U.S. Collateral Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch, as European Administrative and European Collateral Agent, and the other lenders referred to therein (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on May 5, 2015).

 

 

  10.10

 

Form of Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May  13, 2016, among Office Depot, Inc. and certain of its European subsidiaries as Borrowers, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and U.S. Collateral Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch, as European Administrative and European Collateral Agent, and the other lenders referred to therein (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 17, 2016).

 

 

  10.11

 

Form of Second Amendment, dated as of November 6, 2017, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 13, 2016, by and among Office Depot, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries as guarantors, the several banks and other institutions parties thereto as Lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch, as European administrative agent and European collateral agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and US collateral agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association and Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agents, and US Bank National Association, Fifth Third Bank, Sun Trust Bank and NYCB Specialty Finance Company, LLC as documentation agents (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of Office Depot, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 9, 2017).

 

 

  10.12

 

Form of Credit Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2017, by and among Office Depot, Inc., as borrower, the loan parties party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other financial institutions party thereto (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of Office Depot, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 9, 2017).

 

 

  10.13

 

First Amendment, dated as of November 21, 2018, to Credit Agreement dated as of November 8, 2017, among the Company, as borrower, the other loan parties party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, the other financial institutions party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC as Purchasing Term Lender (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot’s Annual Report filed on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 27, 2019).

 

 

  10.14

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on June 19, 2015).*

 

 

  10.15

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Directors) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of Office Depot, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on July 20, 2017)*

 

 

  10.16

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Directors) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.3 of Office Depot, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on July 20, 2017).*

 

 

  10.17

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Executives) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.4 of Office Depot, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on July 20, 2017).*

 

 

  10.18

 

Form of AOI Performance Share Award Agreement (Executives) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.5 of Office Depot, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on July 20, 2017).*

 

 

  10.19

 

Form of TSR Performance Share Award Agreement (Executives) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.6 of Office Depot, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on July 20, 2017).*

 

 

  10.20

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Gerry P. Smith (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 30, 2017).*

48


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit

 

 

  10.21

 

2017 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement between the Company and Gerry P. Smith (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 30, 2017).*

 

 

  10.22

 

2017 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between the Company and Gerry P. Smith (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 30, 2017).*

 

 

  10.23

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on June 19, 2015).

 

 

  10.24

 

The Office Depot, Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Plan effective August 1, 2014 (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 7, 2014).

  10.25

 

Form of Office Depot Inc. Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2018).

 

 

  10.26

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Directors) (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 8, 2019).*

 

 

  10.27

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Directors) (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 8, 2019).*

 

 

  10.28

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Executives) (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot’s Quarterly Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 8, 2019).*

 

 

  10.29

 

Form of FCF Performance Share Award Agreement (Executives) (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 8, 2019).*

 

 

  10.30

 

Form of TSR Performance Share Award Agreement (Executives) (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 8, 2019).*

 

 

  10.31

 

Letter Agreement between the Company and Mick Slattery (Incorporated by reference from Office Depot’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 25, 2019).*

 

 

  10.32

 

Retention Agreement, dated November 21, 2019, between the Company and Joseph T. Lower.*

 

 

  21

 

List of Office Depot, Inc.’s Subsidiaries

 

 

  23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

  31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer required by Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a)

 

 

  32.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

  101.INS

 

Inline XBRL Instance Document – The instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

 

 

  101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

  101.CAL

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

  101.DEF

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

  101.LAB

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

  101.PRE

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

  104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

 

*

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**

Denotes that confidential portions of this exhibit have been omitted in reliance on Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The confidential portions have been submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(P)

Paper exhibits.

49


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this 26th day of February 2020.

 

 

 

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ GERRY P. SMITH

 

 

Gerry P. Smith

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated on February 26, 2020.

 

Signature

  

Capacity

 

 

/s/ GERRY P. SMITH

Gerry P. Smith

  

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer), Director

 

 

/s/ RICHARD A. HAAS

Richard A. Haas

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

/s/ JOSEPH S. VASSALLUZZO

  

Chairman, Board of Directors

Joseph S. Vassalluzzo

 

 

 

 

/s/ QUINCY L. ALLEN

  

Director

Quincy L. Allen

 

 

 

 

/s/ KRISTIN A. CAMPBELL

  

Director

Kristin A. Campbell

 

 

 

 

/s/ CYNTHIA T. JAMISON

  

Director

Cynthia T. Jamison

 

 

 

 

/s/ V. JAMES MARINO

  

Director

V. James Marino

 

 

 

 

/s/ FRANCESCA RUIZ DE LUZURIAGA

  

Director

Francesca Ruiz de Luzuriaga

 

 

 

 

/s/ SHASHANK SAMANT

  

Director

Shashank Samant

 

 

 

 

/s/ DAVID M. SZYMANSKI

  

Director

David M. Szymanski

 

 

 

 

/s/ NIGEL TRAVIS

  

Director

Nigel Travis

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

45

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

55

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

56

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

57

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

58

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

59

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

60

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

60

Note 2. Acquisitions

 

67

Note 3. Merger and Restructuring Activity

 

68

Note 4. Revenue Recognition

 

70

Note 5. Segment Information

 

73

Note 6. Income Taxes

 

75

Note 7. Earnings Per Share

 

78

Note 8. Property and Equipment

 

79

Note 9. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

80

Note 10. Timber Notes/Non-Recourse Debt

 

82

Note 11. Debt

 

82

Note 12. Leases

 

85

Note 13. Stockholders’ Equity

 

87

Note 14. Stock-Based Compensation

 

88

Note 15. Employee Benefit Plans

 

89

Note 16. Fair Value Measurements

 

98

Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies

 

100

Note 18. Discontinued Operations

 

101

Note 19. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

101

 

51


Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Office Depot, Inc.

Boca Raton, Florida

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Office Depot, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 28, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 28, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases in fiscal year 2019 due to the adoption of ASC 842, Leases. The Company changed its method of accounting for revenue in fiscal year 2018 due to the adoption of ASC 606, Revenues from Contracts with Customers. The adoption of ASC 842, Leases is communicated as a critical audit matter below.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Goodwill — Refer to Notes 1 and 9 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $944 million at December 28, 2019. Goodwill is tested for impairment by management at least annually at the reporting unit level by comparing allocated carrying value of goodwill to the estimated fair value of the respective reporting unit or through a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is not more likely than not that the fair values of the reporting units are less than their respective carrying amounts. The determination of fair value of the reporting units, or

52


Table of Contents

 

events and conditions affecting fair value in the case of a qualitative analysis, require management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues, cost of sales, expenses and the weighted-average cost of capital for each reporting unit. An adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have a material impact on the financial statements. The Company acquired CompuCom in November 2017. CompuCom was purchased to further the Company’s strategic direction to transform into a more services-driven technology business and, therefore, the CompuCom business differs from the Company’s legacy business operations. As a result of the acquisition, a new reporting unit was established, with a goodwill balance of $456 million at December 28, 2019. CompuCom reported an operating loss for 2019 that was mainly driven by shortfalls in revenue and profitability in the first quarter of 2019.

Given the significant judgments made by management to estimate the fair value of the CompuCom reporting unit, performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues, cost of sales, expenses and the weighted-average cost of capital, required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to management’s judgments related to forecasts of future revenues, cost of sales, expenses, and weighted-average cost of capital for the CompuCom reporting unit included the following, among others:

 

We tested the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment tests, including those over the forecasts and the weighted-average cost of capital.

 

Due to the lack of historical experience available for CompuCom, we evaluated the reasonableness of management’s revenue, cost of sales and expenses forecasts by comparing forecasts to (1) the actual 2018 and 2019 operating results of CompuCom, (2) internal communications amongst management and the board of directors, (3) external communications made by management to analysts and investors, (4) evidence obtained throughout the audit, and (5) industry reports discussing the operating forecasts for the technology services industry.

 

We evaluated the impact of changes in management’s operating forecasts for the CompuCom reporting unit from June 30, 2019, the previous annual measurement date and November 24, 2019, the revised annual measurement date, to the fiscal year end of December 28, 2019.

 

With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the valuation methodology and assumptions used to determine the fair value of CompuCom, such as the weighted average cost of capital, by

 

o

Testing the underlying source information and mathematical accuracy of the calculations

 

o

Developing a range of independent estimates and comparing those to the assumptions used by management

 

o

For the weighted-average cost of capital, we compared the amount used by management to the amounts associated with other technology services companies with a similar risk profile, and

 

o

Evaluating the interaction between the weighted-average cost of capital and the forecasts to understand and sensitize management’s assumptions regarding risk inherent in the forecast

ASC 842, Leases, Adoption - Incremental Borrowing Rate at Adoption – Refer to Notes 1 and 12 to the financial statements.

Critical Audit Matter Description

On December 30, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 842, Leases, and recognized operating lease right-of-use (ROU) assets and operating lease liabilities of $1.4 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. As the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable, the Company utilized its incremental borrowing rate (IBR) based on the information available at the commencement date of ASC 842 to determine the present value of future payments. The determination of the appropriate IBR requires management to use significant estimates and assumptions as to its credit rating, its base rates and credit spread, and other management assumptions for the impact of collateral.  

Given the significant judgments made by management to determine IBR at adoption based on information available at commencement date, performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimates and assumptions related to its credit

53


Table of Contents

 

rating and its base rates and credit spread required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the incremental borrowing rate used by management to present the operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities at time of adoption of ASC 842 included the following, among others:

 

We tested the effectiveness of controls related to management’s determination of the incremental borrowing rate, including management’s methodology and assumptions used as to its credit rating, and its base rates and credit spread.

 

With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the methodology used to determine the incremental borrowing rate by:

 

o

Evaluating the reasonableness of the model and inputs utilized, including credit ratings and base rate and spreads

 

o

Confirming the accuracy of the data used by management by independently obtaining the data from sources

 

o

Assessing the mathematical accuracy of the calculations used, and

 

o

Testing management’s assumptions including lease terms, lease liability amounts, and the Company’s lease portfolio approach

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Certified Public Accountants

Boca Raton, Florida  

February 26, 2020

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 1990.

 

54


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

$

9,034

 

 

$

9,322

 

 

$

9,320

 

Services

 

 

1,613

 

 

 

1,693

 

 

 

920

 

Total sales

 

 

10,647

 

 

 

11,015

 

 

 

10,240

 

Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

 

7,088

 

 

 

7,313

 

 

 

7,236

 

Services

 

 

1,095

 

 

 

1,151

 

 

 

543

 

Total cost of goods sold and occupancy costs

 

 

8,183

 

 

 

8,464

 

 

 

7,779

 

Gross profit

 

 

2,464

 

 

 

2,551

 

 

 

2,461

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

2,101

 

 

 

2,193

 

 

 

2,036

 

Asset impairments

 

 

56

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

4

 

Merger and restructuring expenses, net

 

 

116

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

94

 

Legal expense accrual

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

191

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

327

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

23

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

22

 

Interest expense

 

 

(89

)

 

 

(121

)

 

 

(62

)

Loss on extinguishment and modification of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

Other income, net

 

 

21

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

12

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

146

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

299

 

Income tax expense

 

 

47

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

153

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

 

99

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

146

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

35

 

Net income

 

$

99

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

181

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.28

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

0.07

 

Net basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.19

 

 

$

0.35

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.27

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

0.06

 

Net diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.19

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

The accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

55


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In millions)

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Net income

 

$

99

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

181

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, where applicable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

21

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

25

 

Reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustments realized

   upon disposal of businesses

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

(1

)

Change in deferred pension, net of $6 million, $9 million and $15

   million of deferred income taxes in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively

 

 

12

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

28

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, where applicable

 

 

33

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

51

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

132

 

 

$

83

 

 

$

232

 

 

The accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

56


Table of Contents

 

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions, except shares and par value)

 

 

 

December 28,

 

 

December 29,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

698

 

 

$

658

 

Receivables, net

 

 

823

 

 

 

885

 

Inventories

 

 

1,032

 

 

 

1,065

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

75

 

 

 

75

 

Timber notes receivable, current maturities

 

 

819

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

3,447

 

 

 

2,683

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

679

 

 

 

763

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

1,413

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

944

 

 

 

914

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

388

 

 

 

422

 

Timber notes receivable

 

 

 

 

 

842

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

183

 

 

 

284

 

Other assets

 

 

257

 

 

 

258

 

Total assets

 

$

7,311

 

 

$

6,166

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts payable

 

$

1,026

 

 

$

1,110

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

1,219

 

 

 

978

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

8

 

 

 

2

 

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

106

 

 

 

95

 

Non-recourse debt, current maturities

 

 

735

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

3,094

 

 

 

2,185

 

Deferred income taxes and other long-term liabilities

 

 

176

 

 

 

300

 

Pension and postretirement obligations, net

 

 

85

 

 

 

111

 

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

 

 

575

 

 

 

690

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

1,208

 

 

 

 

Non-recourse debt

 

 

 

 

 

754

 

Total liabilities

 

 

5,138

 

 

 

4,040

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock — authorized 800,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued shares —

   620,424,775 at December 28, 2019 and 614,170,704 at December 29, 2018;

   outstanding shares — 535,182,317 at December 28, 2019 and 543,833,428

   at December 29, 2018

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

2,647

 

 

 

2,677

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(66

)

 

 

(99

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(89

)

 

 

(173

)

Treasury stock, at cost — 85,242,458 shares at December 28, 2019 and 70,337,276

   shares at December 29, 2018

 

 

(325

)

 

 

(285

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

2,173

 

 

 

2,126

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

7,311

 

 

$

6,166

 

 

The accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

57


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Cash flows from operating activities of continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

99

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

181

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

35

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

 

99

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

146

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

204

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

159

 

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

 

 

8

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

3

 

Charges for losses on receivables and inventories

 

 

26

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

70

 

Asset impairments

 

 

56

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

4

 

Gain on disposition of assets, net

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(4

)

Loss on extinguishment and modification of debt

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

Compensation expense for share-based payments

 

 

33

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

28

 

Deferred income taxes and deferred tax asset valuation allowances

 

 

100

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

137

 

Contingent consideration payments in excess of acquisition-date liability

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease in receivables

 

 

63

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

15

 

Decrease (increase) in inventories

 

 

19

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

160

 

Net decrease in prepaid expenses, operating lease right-of-use assets, and other

   assets

 

 

321

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

Net increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, operating

   lease liabilities, and other current and other long-term liabilities

 

 

(532

)

 

 

140

 

 

 

(252

)

Other operating activities

 

 

3

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

(1

)

Total adjustments

 

 

267

 

 

 

517

 

 

 

321

 

Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations

 

 

366

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

467

 

Cash flows from investing activities of continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

(150

)

 

 

(187

)

 

 

(141

)

Businesses acquired, net of cash acquired

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(872

)

Proceeds from disposition of assets

 

 

50

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

30

 

Purchase of leased head office facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(42

)

Other investing activities

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(5

)

Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations

 

 

(119

)

 

 

(249

)

 

 

(1,030

)

Cash flows from financing activities of continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net payments on long and short-term borrowings

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(97

)

 

 

(31

)

Cash used in extinguishment and modification of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

Debt retirement

 

 

(735

)

 

 

(194

)

 

 

 

Debt issuance

 

 

736

 

 

 

 

 

 

728

 

Cash dividends on common stock

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(53

)

Share purchases for taxes, net of proceeds from employee share-based transactions

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(17

)

Repurchase of common stock for treasury

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(56

)

Contingent consideration payments up to amount of acquisition-date liability

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

Payment to extinguish finance lease obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(92

)

Other financing activities

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(6

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of continuing operations

 

 

(212

)

 

 

(414

)

 

 

473

 

Cash flows from discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

(9

)

Investing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

(68

)

Financing activities of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

(85

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

5

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

7

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

40

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

(168

)

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

660

 

 

 

639

 

 

 

807

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

 

 

700

 

 

 

660

 

 

 

639

 

Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period — continuing operations

 

$

700

 

 

$

660

 

 

$

625

 

Supplemental information on operating, investing, and financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash interest paid, net of amounts capitalized and Timber notes/Non-recourse debt

 

$

61

 

 

$

93

 

 

$

34

 

Cash taxes paid (refunded), net

 

$

(43

)

 

$

(5

)

 

$

18

 

Non-cash asset additions under finance leases

 

$

27

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

5

 

 

The accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

58


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Common

Stock

Shares

 

 

Common

Stock

Amount

 

 

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

Accumulated

Deficit

 

 

Treasury

Stock

 

 

Total

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

 

557,892,568

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

2,618

 

 

$

(129

)

 

$

(453

)

 

$

(190

)

 

$

1,852

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

Exercise and release of incentive stock

   (including income tax benefits and

   withholding)

 

 

8,702,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17

)

Amortization of long-term incentive stock

   grants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

Dividends paid on common stock

   ($0.10 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

Adjustment for adoption of accounting standard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issuance related to the

   CompuCom acquisition

 

 

43,758,974

 

 

 

 

 

 

135

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

135

 

Noncontrolling interest redemption value

   adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

(56

)

Balance at December 30, 2017

 

 

610,353,994

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

2,711

 

 

$

(78

)

 

$

(273

)

 

$

(246

)

 

$

2,120

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

Exercise and release of incentive stock

   (including income tax benefits and

   withholding)

 

 

4,064,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Amortization of long-term incentive stock

   grants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

Dividends paid on common stock

   ($0.10 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

Adjustment for adoption of accounting standard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Acquisition escrow shares returned

 

 

(248,200

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

(39

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Balance at December 29, 2018

 

 

614,170,704

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

2,677

 

 

$

(99

)

 

$

(173

)

 

$

(285

)

 

$

2,126

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

Exercise and release of incentive stock

   (including income tax benefits and

   withholding)

 

 

6,254,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

Amortization of long-term incentive stock

   grants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

Dividends paid on common stock

   ($0.10 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

Adjustment for adoption of accounting standard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(40

)

Balance at December 28, 2019

 

 

620,424,775

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

2,647

 

 

$

(66

)

 

$

(89

)

 

$

(325

)

 

$

2,173

 

 

The accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business: Office Depot, Inc. including its consolidated subsidiaries (“Office Depot” or the “Company”), is a leading provider of business services and supplies, products and technology solutions to small, medium and enterprise businesses, through a fully integrated business-to-business (“B2B”) distribution platform of 1,307 retail stores, online presence, and dedicated sales professionals and technicians. Through its banner brands Office Depot®, OfficeMax®, CompuCom® and Grand & Toy®, as well as others, the Company offers its customers the tools and resources they need to focus on starting, growing and running their business. The Company’s corporate headquarters is located in Boca Raton, FL, and its primary website is www.officedepot.com.

At December 28, 2019, the Company had three reportable segments (or “Divisions”): Business Solutions Division, Retail Division and the CompuCom Division.

Basis of Presentation: The Consolidated Financial Statements of Office Depot include the accounts of all wholly owned and financially controlled subsidiaries prior to disposition. Also, the variable interest entities formed by OfficeMax in prior periods solely related to the Timber Notes and Non-recourse debt are consolidated because the Company is the primary beneficiary. Refer to Note 10 for additional information. The Company owns 88% of a subsidiary that formerly owned assets in Cuba, which were confiscated by the Cuban government in the 1960’s. Due to various asset restrictions, the fair value of this investment is not determinable, and no amounts are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

In September 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors committed to a plan to sell substantially all of the Company’s International Division operations (the “International Operations”). Accordingly, those operations are presented herein as discontinued operations. The sale of the International Operations was complete as of June 30, 2018 and there were no remaining assets or liabilities of discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 5 for additional information regarding our Divisions and operations in geographic areas and Note 18 for Discontinued Operations information.

Fiscal Year: Fiscal years are based on a 52- or 53-week period ending on the last Saturday in December. All years presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements consisted of 52 weeks. Certain subsidiaries, including CompuCom, operate on a calendar year basis; however, the reporting difference did not have a material impact in any period presented.

Estimates and Assumptions: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Business Combinations: The Company applies the acquisition method of accounting for acquisitions where the Company is considered the accounting acquirer in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”). The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in the Company’s consolidated results prospectively from the date of acquisition. The Company allocates the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity generally based on their fair values at the acquisition date. Various valuation methodologies are used to estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including using a market participant perspective when applying cost, income and relief from royalty analyses, supplemented with market appraisals where appropriate. Significant judgments and estimates are required in preparing these fair value estimates. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair value of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and non-controlling interests in the acquired entity is recorded as goodwill. The primary items that generate goodwill include the value of the synergies between the acquired company and the Company and the value of the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies for recognition as an intangible asset. Acquisition-related expenses and post-acquisition restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred. Refer to Note 2 for additional information.

Foreign Currency: International operations in Canada, Mexico, India, Costa Rica and China use local currencies as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. Revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated at average monthly exchange rates, or rates on the date of the transaction for certain significant items. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are recorded in Stockholders’ equity as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in Other income (expense), net or Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs, depending on the nature of the transaction.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: All short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less from the date of acquisition are classified as cash equivalents. Amounts in transit from banks for customer credit card and debit card transactions are classified as cash. The banks process the majority of these amounts within two business days.

Amounts not yet presented for payment to zero balance disbursement accounts of $25 million and $27 million at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively, are presented in Trade accounts payable and Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.

60


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

At December 28, 2019, cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations held outside the United States amounted to $190 million.

Restricted Cash: Restricted cash consists primarily of short-term cash deposits having original maturity dates of twelve months or less that serve as collateral to certain of the Company’s letters of credit. Restricted cash is valued at cost, which approximates fair value. At December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, restricted cash amounted to $2 million and is included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Receivables: Trade receivables totaled $599 million and $655 million at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $10 million in both periods, to reduce receivables to an amount expected to be collectible from customers.

Exposure to credit risk associated with trade receivables is limited by having a large customer base that extends across many different industries and geographic regions. However, receivables may be adversely affected by an economic slowdown in the United States or internationally. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total sales or receivables in 2019, 2018 or 2017. Other receivables were $225 million and $230 million at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively, of which $162 million and $183 million, respectively, are amounts due from vendors under purchase rebate, cooperative advertising and various other marketing programs.

Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value and are reduced for inventory losses based on estimated obsolescence and the results of physical counts. The weighted average method is used throughout the Company to determine the cost of inventory. In-bound freight is included as a cost of inventories; cash discounts and certain vendor allowances that are related to inventory purchases are recorded as a product cost reduction.

Income Taxes: Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. This approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount believed to be more likely than not to be realized. The Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain tax positions when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. Interest related to income tax exposures is included in interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 6 for additional information on income taxes.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment additions are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization is recognized over the estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The useful lives of depreciable assets are estimated to be 15-30 years for buildings and 3-10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. Computer software is amortized over three years for common office applications, five years for larger business applications and seven years for certain enterprise-wide systems. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated economic lives of the improvements or the terms of the underlying leases, including renewal options considered reasonably assured. The Company capitalizes certain costs related to internal use software that is expected to benefit future periods. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the 3 to 7 year expected life of the software. Major repairs that extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized and amortized over the estimated use period. Routine maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Refer to Note 8 for additional information on property and equipment.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired entity over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company reviews the carrying amount of goodwill at the reporting unit level on an annual basis, or more frequently, if events or changes in circumstances suggest that goodwill may not be recoverable. For those reporting units where events or change in circumstances indicate that potential impairment indicators exist, the Company performs a quantitative assessment to determine whether the carrying amount of goodwill can be recovered. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred.

 

When performing the annual goodwill impairment test, the Company may start with an optional qualitative assessment. As part of the qualitative assessment, the Company evaluates all events and circumstances, including both positive and negative events, in their totality, to determine whether it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company bypasses the qualitative assessment, or if the qualitative assessment indicates that a quantitative analysis should be performed, the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value, including the associated goodwill. The Company estimates the reporting unit’s fair value using discounted cash flow analysis and market-based evaluations, when available. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the carrying value to the estimated fair value. The Company typically uses a combination of different Level 3 valuation approaches that are dependent on several significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future revenues, cost of sales, expenses and the weighted-average cost of capital for each reporting unit. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and could have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

61


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

 

An intangible asset with an indefinite useful life is not amortized but assessed for impairment annually. The Company evaluates its indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or sooner if indications of possible impairment are identified. When performing the annual impairment test, the Company may first start with an optional qualitative assessment to determine whether it is not more likely than not that its indefinite-lived intangible assets are impaired. As part of a qualitative assessment, the Company evaluates relevant events and circumstances that could affect the significant inputs used to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. If the Company bypasses the qualitative assessment, or if the qualitative assessment indicates that a quantitative analysis should be performed, the Company evaluates its indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying amount.

 

During the third quarter of 2019, the Company decided to change its annual goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets impairment assessment date from the first day of the third quarter to the first day of fiscal month December. The change in measurement date represents a change in method of applying an accounting principle. This change was preferable because it aligned the Company’s impairment testing procedures with its annual business planning and budgeting process, which occurs in the fourth quarter of each year, and with the timing of the development of its multi-year strategic plan. This change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date did not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. This change was not applied retrospectively as it was impracticable to do so because retrospective application would have required application of significant estimates and assumptions with the use of hindsight. Accordingly, the change was applied prospectively. In addition, this change did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Intangible assets determined to have finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, where the useful life is the period over which the asset is expected to contribute directly, or indirectly, to the Company’s future cash flows. The Company periodically reviews its amortizable intangible assets to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization or asset impairment.

Refer to Note 9 for additional information on goodwill and other intangible assets.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: Long-lived assets with identifiable cash flows are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Retail store long-lived assets are regularly reviewed for impairment indicators. Impairment is assessed at the individual store level which is the lowest level of identifiable cash flows and considers the estimated undiscounted cash flows over the asset’s remaining life. If estimated undiscounted cash flows are insufficient to recover the investment, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference between the estimated fair value of the asset and its carrying value, net of salvage, and any costs of disposition. The fair value estimate is generally the discounted amount of estimated store-specific cash flows.

 

Facility Closure and Severance Costs: Retail store performance is regularly reviewed against expectations and stores not meeting performance requirements may be closed. During the third quarter of 2016, the Company initiated a program to close up to 300 underperforming retail stores over a three-year period as part of the comprehensive business review (the “Comprehensive Business Review”). The Company completed 208 retail store closures through the conclusion of the program in 2019. During the second quarter of 2019, the Company initiated a new program to close approximately 90 underperforming retail stores in 2020 and 2021, and 9 other facilities, consisting of distribution centers and sales offices, as part of the Business Acceleration Program. Through the end of 2019, the Company closed 7 other facilities since announcing the Business Acceleration Program.

 

Costs associated with facility closures, principally accrued lease costs, are recognized when the facility is no longer used in an operating capacity or when a liability has been incurred. Retail store assets, including operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, are also reviewed for possible impairment, or reduction of estimated useful lives.

 

The Company recognizes charges or credits to adjust remaining closed facility accruals to reflect current expectations. Adjustments to facility closure costs are presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in Selling, general and administrative expenses if the related facility was closed as part of ongoing operations or in Merger and restructuring expenses, net, if the related facility was closed as part of a merger integration plan or restructuring plan. Refer to Note 3 for additional information on accrued expenses relating to closed facilities. The short-term and long-term components of this liability are included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and Deferred income taxes and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Employee termination costs covered under written and substantive plans are accrued when probable and estimable and consider continuing service requirements, if any. Additionally, incremental one-time employee benefit costs are recognized when the key terms of the arrangements have been communicated to affected employees. Amounts are recognized when communicated or over the remaining service period, based on the terms of the arrangements.

62


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

Accrued Expenses: The major components of Accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are tax liabilities, payroll and benefit accruals, customer rebates accruals and inventory receipts accruals. In addition, the December 28, 2019 Consolidated Balance Sheet includes the short-term portion of the Company’s operating lease liabilities. Accrued payroll and benefits were $150 million and $173 million at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The Company measures fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In developing its fair value estimates, the Company uses the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2

Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

 

Level 3

Significant unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. Generally, these fair value measures are model-based valuation techniques such as discounted cash flows or option pricing models using own estimates and assumptions or those expected to be used by market participants.

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, trade accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their carrying values because of their short-term nature. Refer to Note 16 for further fair value information.

Revenue Recognition: Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised products or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those products or services. For product sales, transfer of control occurs at a point in time, typically upon delivery to the customer. For service offerings, the transfer of control and satisfaction of the performance obligation is either over time or at a point in time. When performance obligations are satisfied over time, the Company evaluates the pattern of delivery and progress each reporting period and, if necessary, adjusts the measure of performance and related revenue recognition. Revenue is recognized net of allowance for returns and net of any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities. Shipping and handling fees are included in Sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Shipping and handling costs are considered fulfillment activities and are included in Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recognizes sales, other than third-party software sales, on a gross basis when it is considered the primary obligor in the transaction and on a net basis when it is considered to be acting as an agent. The Company recognizes sales of third-party software on a net basis. The Company uses judgment in estimating sales returns, considering numerous factors such as historical sales return rates. The Company also records reductions to revenue for customer programs and incentive offerings including special pricing agreements, certain promotions and other volume-based incentives.

A liability for future performance is recognized when gift cards are sold and the related revenue is recognized when gift cards are redeemed as payment for products or when the likelihood of gift card redemption is considered remote. Gift cards do not have an expiration date. The Company recognizes the estimated portion of the gift card program liability that will not be redeemed, or the breakage amount, in proportion to usage.

Cost of Goods Sold and Occupancy Costs: Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs include:

 

-

inventory costs (as discussed above);

 

-

outbound freight;

 

-

employee and non-employee receiving, distribution, and occupancy costs (rent), including depreciation, real estate taxes and common area costs, of inventory-holding and selling locations; and

 

-

identifiable employee-related costs associated with services provided to customers.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses: Selling, general and administrative expenses include amounts incurred related to expenses of operating and support functions, including:

 

-

employee payroll and benefits, including variable pay arrangements;

 

-

advertising;

63


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

 

-

store and field support;

 

-

executive management and various staff functions, such as information technology, human resources functions, finance, legal, internal audit, and certain merchandising and product development functions;

 

-

other operating costs incurred relating to selling activities; and

 

-

closed defined benefit pension and postretirement plans.

Selling, general and administrative expenses are included in the determination of Division operating income to the extent those costs are considered to be directly or closely related to segment activity and through allocation of support costs.

Merger and Restructuring Expenses, net: Merger and restructuring expenses, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations includes charges and, where applicable, credits for costs such as acquisition related expenses, employee termination and retention, transaction and integration-related professional fees, facility closure costs, gains and losses on asset dispositions, and other incremental costs directly related to these activities.

This presentation is used to separately identify these significant costs apart from expenses incurred to sell to and service the Company’s customers or that are more directly related to ongoing operations. Changes in estimates and accruals related to these activities are also reflected on this line. Merger and restructuring expenses, net are not included in the measure of Division operating income. Refer to Note 3 for additional information.

Advertising: Advertising expenses are charged to Selling, general and administrative expenses when incurred. Advertising expenses recognized were $249 million in 2019, $270 million in 2018 and $264 million in 2017. Prepaid advertising expenses were $6 million as of December 28, 2019, $5 million as of December 29, 2018 and $6 million as of December 30, 2017.

Share-Based Compensation: Compensation expense for all share-based awards expected to vest is measured at fair value on the date of grant and recognized on a straight-line basis over the related service period. The fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units, including performance-based awards, is determined based on the Company’s stock price on the date of grant. Share-based awards with market conditions, such as total shareholder return, are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation as measured on the grant date.

Self-insurance: Office Depot is primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, auto and general liability and employee medical insurance programs. The Company has stop-loss coverage to limit the exposure arising from these claims. Self-insurance liabilities are based on claims filed and estimates of claims incurred but not reported. These liabilities are not discounted.

Vendor Arrangements: The Company enters into arrangements with substantially all significant vendors that provide for some form of consideration to be received from the vendors. Arrangements vary, but some specify volume rebate thresholds, advertising support levels, as well as terms for payment and other administrative matters. The volume-based rebates, supported by a vendor agreement, are estimated throughout the year and reduce the cost of inventory and cost of goods sold during the year. This estimate is regularly monitored and adjusted for current or anticipated changes in purchase levels and for sales activity. Other promotional consideration received is event-based or represents general support and is recognized as a reduction of Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs or Inventories, as appropriate, based on the type of promotion and the agreement with the vendor. Certain arrangements meet the specific, incremental, identifiable criteria that allow for direct operating expense offset, but such arrangements are not significant.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits: The Company sponsors certain closed U.S. and U.K. defined benefit pension plans, certain closed U.S. retiree medical benefit and life insurance plans, as well as a Canadian retiree medical benefit plan open to certain employees.

The Company recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit pension, retiree medical benefit and life insurance plans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with changes in the funded status recognized primarily through accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, in the year in which the changes occur. Actuarially-determined liabilities related to pension and postretirement benefits are recorded based on estimates and assumptions. Factors used in developing estimates of these liabilities include assumptions related to discount rates, rates of return on investments, healthcare cost trends, benefit payment patterns and other factors. The Company also updates periodically its assumptions about employee retirement factors, mortality, and turnover. Refer to Note 15 for additional details.

64


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

Environmental and Asbestos Matters: Environmental and asbestos liabilities relate to acquired legacy paper and forest products businesses and timberland assets. The Company accrues for losses associated with these obligations when probable and reasonably estimable. These liabilities are not discounted. A receivable for insurance recoveries is recorded when probable.

Leasing Arrangements: The Company conducts a substantial portion of its business in leased properties. The Company first determines whether an arrangement is a lease at inception. Once that determination is made, leasing arrangements are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as follows:

 

Finance leases:

 

o

Property and equipment, net –leases which were referred to as capital leases under the old accounting standard;

 

o

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt – short-term obligations to make lease payments arising from the finance lease; and

 

o

Long-term debt, net of current maturities – long-term obligations to make lease payments arising from the finance lease.

 

Operating leases:

 

o

ROU assets – the Company’s right to use the underlying asset for the lease term;

 

o

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities – short-term obligations to make lease payments arising from the operating lease; and

 

o

Operating lease liabilities – long-term obligations to make lease payments arising from the operating lease.

Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. As the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable for any of the leases, the Company has utilized its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The determination of the appropriate incremental borrowing rate requires management to use significant estimates and assumptions as to its credit rating, base rates and credit spread, and other management assumptions for the impact of collateral. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made prior to commencement and excludes lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. Certain leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease from five to 25 years or more, which is generally at the Company’s discretion. Any option or renewal periods management believed were reasonably certain of being exercised are included in the lease term, and are used in calculating the operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities. In addition, some of the Company’s leases contain escalation clauses. The Company recognizes rental expense for operating leases that contain predetermined fixed escalation clauses on a straight-line basis over the expected term of the lease.

The Company has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, for which it has made an accounting policy election to account for these as a single lease component. Refer to the “New Accounting Standards” section below for more information including the impact in the Consolidated Financial Statements relating to the adoption of the new lease accounting standard.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Standards that are not yet adopted:

 

Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard update that modifies the measurement of expected credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. The update will change the accounting for credit impairment by adding an impairment model that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. In July 2018, the FASB approved an amendment to the new guidance that provides transition relief to the adopting entities and allows for an election of the fair value option on certain financial instruments. This accounting standard update, as amended, is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company evaluated the impact of this new standard and believes the adoption will not have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cloud computing arrangements: In August 2018, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that provides guidance regarding the accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. This accounting update is effective for fiscal years beginning

65


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company evaluated the impact of this new standard and believes the adoption will not have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Defined benefit plan: In August 2018, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that modifies the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. This accounting update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this new standard and believes the adoption will not have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Standards that were adopted:

Leases: In February 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets related to the rights and obligations created by those leases. The accounting treatment for finance leases and lessors remains relatively unchanged. The accounting standard update also requires additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures related to the nature, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. In July 2018, the FASB approved an amendment to the new guidance that introduced an alternative modified retrospective transition approach granting companies the option of using the effective date of the new standard as the date of initial application. The Company adopted the standard on the first day of the first quarter of 2019 using this alternative transition approach.

The Company elected the transition package of practical expedients that is permitted by the standard. The package of practical expedients allows the Company to not reassess previous accounting conclusions regarding whether existing arrangements are or contain leases, the classification of existing leases, and the treatment of initial direct costs. The Company did not elect the hindsight transition practical expedient allowed for by the new standard, which allows entities to use hindsight when determining lease term and impairment of operating lease ROU assets. Additionally, the Company elected certain other practical expedients offered by the new standard which it will apply to all asset classes, including the option not to separate lease and non-lease components and instead to account for them as a single lease component and the option not to recognize ROU assets and related liabilities that arise from short-term leases (i.e., leases with terms of twelve months or less that do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that the Company is reasonably certain to exercise).

Substantially all of the Company’s retail store locations, supply chain facilities, certain corporate facilities and copy print equipment are subject to operating lease arrangements. As a result, the standard had material impacts in the Consolidated Balance Sheet but did not have an impact in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The most significant impacts of the standard in the Consolidated Balance Sheet on the date of adoption were as follows:

 

Recognition of $1.4 billion Operating lease right-of-use assets and $1.6 billion Operating lease liabilities;

 

Derecognition of approximately $41 million of Property and equipment, net and $39 million of financing obligations associated with non-owned properties that were capitalized under previously existing build-to-suit lease accounting rules; and

 

Cumulative effect of $15 million adoption date adjustments to Accumulated deficit comprised of a $20 million impairment charge, net of tax effect, to the operating lease ROU assets, primarily because the fair market value of certain retail stores was lower than their carrying value prior to the adoption date; $4 million deferred gain, net of tax effect, related to transactions accounted for as sales and operating leasebacks under the previous lease accounting standard; and a $1 million credit, net of tax effect, arising from the derecognition of assets and liabilities associated with non-owned properties that were capitalized under previously existing build-to-suit lease accounting rules.

As part of its adoption of the new lease accounting standard, the Company also implemented new internal controls and updated accounting policies and procedures, operational processes and documentation practices to enable the preparation of financial information on adoption. Refer to Note 12 for additional disclosures required as a result of the adoption of this new standard.

Goodwill: In January 2017, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that simplifies how entities assess goodwill for impairment. The revised guidance eliminates the requirement to perform a hypothetical purchase price allocation to measure goodwill impairment. Under this accounting update, a goodwill impairment loss should instead be measured at the amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. This accounting standard update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early

66


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

adoption permitted. The Company early-adopted this accounting standard update with no material impact to its Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTE 2. ACQUISITIONS

Since 2017, the Company has been undergoing a strategic business transformation to pivot into an integrated B2B distribution platform, with the objective of expanding its product offerings to include value-added services for its customers and capture greater market share. As part of this transformation, the Company has been acquiring businesses to expand its reach and distribution network into geographic areas that were previously underserved. During 2019, the Company acquired five small independent regional office supply distribution businesses. Of these five acquisitions, two were completed in the first quarter of 2019, two were completed in the second quarter of 2019, and one was completed in the fourth quarter of 2019.

The aggregate total purchase consideration, including contingent consideration, for the five acquisitions completed in 2019 was approximately $27 million, subject to certain customary post-closing adjustments. The aggregate purchase price was primarily funded with cash on hand, with the remainder consisting of contingent consideration estimated to be $2 million, the majority of which will be paid in the third quarter of 2020. The acquisitions were treated as purchases in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”) which requires allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired in the transaction including goodwill and other intangible assets. The Company has performed a preliminary purchase price allocation of the aggregate purchase price to the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired in the transactions, including $1 million of customer relationship intangible assets, $4 million of trade name intangible assets and $22 million of goodwill. An immaterial amount of the aggregate purchase price was allocated to working capital accounts. These assets and liabilities are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 28, 2019. As additional information is obtained about these assets and liabilities within the measurement period (not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition), the Company will refine its estimates of fair value to allocate the purchase price. The operating results of the acquired office supply distribution businesses are combined with the Company’s operating results subsequent to their purchase dates, and are included in the Business Solutions Division. Certain disclosures set forth under ASC 805, including supplemental pro forma financial information, are not disclosed because the operating results of the acquired businesses, individually and in the aggregate, are not material to the Company.

The Company recognized a contingent consideration liability of $25 million in connection with the acquisition of an enterprise IT solutions integrator and managed services provider in 2018. In the first quarter of 2019, the Company paid $23 million of this contingent consideration liability, of which $12 million was treated as a financing cash outflow in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows because it related to the acquisition-date accrual, and $11 million was presented as a cash outflow from operating activities as it was accrued subsequent to the acquisition date based on new information obtained on the financial performance of the acquired entity. This $11 million accrual was recorded in the Merger and restructuring expenses, net line in the Consolidated Statement of Operations in 2018. The remaining portion of this contingent consideration liability will be paid in 2020.

Based on new information received, the preliminary purchase price allocations of the companies acquired in 2018 and 2019 have been adjusted during the respective measurement periods. These adjustments were insignificant individually and in the aggregate to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The measurement periods for acquisitions completed in 2018 closed within 2019. Under the guidance on accounting for business combinations, merger and integration costs are not included as components of consideration transferred, instead, they are accounted for as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred. Transaction-related expenses are included in the Merger and restructuring expenses, net line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 3 for additional information about the merger and restructuring expenses incurred during 2019.

 In February 2020 the Company acquired two small independent regional office supply distribution businesses in the U.S. Certain disclosures set forth under ASC 805, including supplemental pro forma financial information, are not disclosed because the operating results of the acquired businesses, individually and in the aggregate, are not material to the Company.

67


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

NOTE 3. MERGER AND RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITY

Since 2017, the Company has taken actions to optimize its asset base and drive operational efficiencies. These actions include acquiring businesses, closing underperforming stores and non-strategic distribution facilities, consolidating functional activities, eliminating redundant positions and disposing of non-strategic businesses and assets. The expenses and any income recognized directly associated with these actions are included in Merger and restructuring expenses, net on a separate line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in order to identify these activities apart from the expenses incurred to sell to and service its customers. These expenses are not included in the determination of Division operating income. The table below summarizes the major components of Merger and restructuring expenses, net.

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Merger and transaction related expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and retention

 

$

1

 

 

$

11

 

 

$

 

Transaction and integration

 

 

23

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

37

 

Facility closure, contract termination and other expenses, net

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

5

 

Total Merger and transaction related expenses

 

 

24

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

42

 

Restructuring expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Professional fees

 

 

41

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

6

 

Facility closure, contract termination, and other expenses, net

 

 

11

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

18

 

Total Restructuring expenses

 

 

92

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

52

 

Total Merger and restructuring expenses, net

 

$

116

 

 

$

72

 

 

$

94

 

 

MERGER AND TRANSACTION RELATED EXPENSES

In 2019, the Company incurred $24 million of merger and transaction related expenses. Severance and retention include expenses related to the integration of staff functions in connection with business acquisitions and are expensed through the severance and retention period. Transaction and integration include legal, accounting, and other third-party expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions and business integration activities primarily related to CompuCom. Facility closure, contract termination, and other expenses, net relate to facility closure accruals, contract termination costs, gains and losses on asset dispositions, and accelerated depreciation. In 2018 and 2017, merger and transaction related expenses, net include costs incurred for the CompuCom transaction as well as integration expenses associated with the OfficeMax merger. All integration activities related to the OfficeMax merger were completed in 2018.

RESTRUCTURING EXPENSES

Business Acceleration Program

In May 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a company-wide, multi-year, cost reduction and business improvement program to systematically drive down costs, improve operational efficiencies, and enable future growth investments. Under this program (the “Business Acceleration Program”), the Company has made and will continue to make organizational realignments stemming from process improvements, increased leverage of technology and accelerated use of automation. This has resulted and will continue to result in the elimination of certain positions and a flatter organization. In connection with the Business Acceleration Program, the Company also anticipates closing approximately 90 underperforming retail stores in 2020 and 2021, and 9 other facilities, consisting of distribution centers and sales offices, of which 7 were closed as of the end of 2019. Total estimated costs to implement the Business Acceleration Program are expected to be approximately $107 million, comprised of:

 

(a)

severance and related employee costs of approximately $40 million;

 

(b)

recruitment and relocation costs of approximately $2 million;

 

(c)

retail store and facility closure net costs of approximately $7 million;

 

(d)

third-party costs to facilitate the execution of the Business Acceleration Program of approximately $49 million; and

 

(e)

other costs of approximately $9 million.

Of the aggregate costs to implement the Business Acceleration Program, approximately $104 million are expected to be cash expenditures through 2021 funded primarily with cash on hand and cash from operations. In 2019, the Company incurred $82 million in restructuring expenses associated with the Business Acceleration Program which consisted of $40 million of severance costs, $39

68


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

million in third-party professional fees, and $3 million of retail store and facility closure costs and other. Of the expenses incurred in 2019, cash expenditures of $69 million were paid through the end of 2019.

Other

Included in restructuring expenses in 2019, 2018 and 2017 are $8 million, $5 million and $50 million, respectively, of costs incurred in connection with the Comprehensive Business Review, a program the Company announced in 2016 and concluded at the end of 2019. These costs include severance, facility closure costs, contract termination, accelerated depreciation, relocation and disposal gains and losses, as well as other costs associated with retail store closures. Under the Comprehensive Business Review, the Company closed a total of 208 retail stores of which 54 occurred in 2019.

Additionally, restructuring expenses in 2018 and 2017 included professional fees of $11 million and $2 million, respectively, associated with planning the Company’s multi-year strategic transformation.

Asset impairments related to the restructuring initiatives are not included in the table above. Refer to Note 16 for further information.

MERGER AND RESTRUCTURING ACCRUALS

The activity in the merger and restructuring accruals in 2019 and 2018 is presented in the table below. Certain merger and restructuring charges are excluded from the table because they are paid as incurred or non-cash, such as accelerated depreciation and gains and losses on asset dispositions.

 

(In millions)

 

Beginning

Balance

 

 

Charges

Incurred

 

 

Cash

Payments

 

 

Adjustments

(a)

 

 

Ending

Balance

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination benefits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merger-related accruals

 

$

3

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

 

 

$

1

 

Comprehensive Business Review

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Acceleration Program

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

(27

)

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Lease and contract obligations, accruals for facilities

   closures and other costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merger-related accruals

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

Comprehensive Business Review

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

3

 

Business Acceleration Program

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Total

 

$

18

 

 

$

90

 

 

$

(73

)

 

$

(13

)

 

$

22

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Termination benefits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merger-related accruals

 

$

1

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

(7

)

 

$

 

 

$

3

 

Comprehensive Business Review

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease and contract obligations, accruals for facilities

   closures and other costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merger-related accruals

 

 

18

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Comprehensive Business Review

 

 

9

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Total

 

$

32

 

 

$

20

 

 

$

(34

)

 

$

 

 

$

18

 

 

(a)

Represents reclassification of operating lease obligations associated with facility closures to Operating lease ROU assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in accordance with the new lease accounting standard.

 

The short-term and long-term components of these liabilities are included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and Deferred income taxes and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

69


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

NOTE 4. REVENUE RECOGNITION

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES REVENUE

The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue by Division, and major products and services categories.

 

 

 

2019

 

(In millions)

 

Business

Solutions

Division

 

 

Retail

Division

 

 

CompuCom

Division

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Major products and services categories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplies

 

$

2,961

 

 

$

1,670

 

 

$

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

4,647

 

Technology

 

 

1,236

 

 

 

1,702

 

 

 

271

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3,211

 

Furniture and other

 

 

750

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

1,176

 

Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

709

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

724

 

Copy, print, and other

 

 

332

 

 

 

541

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

889

 

Total

 

$

5,279

 

 

$

4,363

 

 

$

994

 

 

$

11

 

 

$

10,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

(In millions)

 

Business

Solutions

Division

 

 

Retail

Division

 

 

CompuCom

Division

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Major products and services categories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplies

 

$

2,942

 

 

$

1,753

 

 

$

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

4,705

 

Technology

 

 

1,307

 

 

 

1,938

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

3,471

 

Furniture and other

 

 

725

 

 

 

414

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1,146

 

Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology

 

 

1

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

843

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

868

 

Copy, print, and other

 

 

307

 

 

 

508

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

825

 

Total

 

$

5,282

 

 

$

4,641

 

 

$

1,086

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

11,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

(In millions)

 

Business

Solutions

Division

 

 

Retail

Division

 

 

CompuCom

Division

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Major products and services categories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplies

 

$

2,805

 

 

$

1,801

 

 

$

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

4,613

 

Technology

 

 

1,360

 

 

 

2,155

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3,550

 

Furniture and other

 

 

678

 

 

 

473

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

1,157

 

Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

 

 

 

157

 

Copy, print, and other

 

 

265

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

763

 

Total

 

$

5,108

 

 

$

4,962

 

 

$

156

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

10,240

 

 

Products revenue includes the sale of:

 

Supplies such as paper, writing instruments, office supplies, cleaning and breakroom items;

 

Technology related products such as toner and ink, printers, computers, tablets and accessories, and electronic storage; and

 

Furniture and other products such as desks, seating, and luggage.

70


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

The Company sells its supplies, furniture and other products through its Business Solutions and Retail Divisions, and its technology products through all three Divisions. Customers can purchase products through the Company’s call centers, electronically through its Internet websites, or through its retail stores. Revenues from supplies, technology, and furniture and other product sales are recognized when the customer obtains control of the Company’s product, which occurs at a point in time, typically upon delivery to the customer.

Furniture and other products also include arrangements where customers can make special furniture interior design and installation orders that are customized to their needs. The performance obligations related to these arrangements are satisfied over time.

 

Services revenue includes the sale of:

 

Technology service offerings provided through the Company’s CompuCom Division, such as technology lifecycle management, end user computing and collaboration, service desk, remote technology monitoring and management, and IT workforce solutions, as well as technology support services offerings provided in the Company’s retail stores, such as installation and repair; and

 

Copy, print, and other service offerings such as managed print and fulfillment services, product subscriptions, and sales of third party software, gift cards, warranties, remote support as well as rental income on operating lease arrangements where the Company conveys to its customers the right to use devices and other equipment for a stated period.

The largest offering in the service technology category is end user computing, which provides on-site services to assist corporate end users with their information technology needs. Services are either billed on a rate per hour or per user, or on a fixed monthly retainer basis. For the majority of technology service offerings contracts, the Company has the right to invoice the customer in an amount that directly corresponds with the value to the customer of the Company’s performance to date and as such the Company recognizes revenue based on the amount billable to the customer in accordance with the practical expedient provided by the current revenue guidance.

Substantially all of the Company’s other service offerings are satisfied at a point in time and revenue is recognized as such. The largest other service offering is copy and print services, which includes printing, copying, and digital imaging. The majority of copy and print services are fulfilled through retail stores and the related performance obligations are satisfied within a short period of time (generally within the same day).

REVENUE RECOGNITION AND SIGNIFICANT JUDGMENTS

Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised products or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company is entitled to receive in exchange for those products or services. For product sales, transfer of control occurs at a point in time, typically upon delivery to the customer. For service offerings, the transfer of control and satisfaction of the performance obligation is either over time or at a point in time. When performance obligations are satisfied over time, the Company evaluates the pattern of delivery and progress each reporting period and, if necessary, adjusts the measure of performance and related revenue recognition. Revenue is recognized net of allowance for returns and net of any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities. Shipping and handling costs are considered fulfillment activities and are recognized within the Company’s cost of goods sold.

Contracts with customers could include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together may require significant judgment. Determining the standalone selling price also requires judgment. The Company did not have significant revenues generated from such contracts in 2019 and 2018.

Products are generally sold with a right of return and the Company may provide other incentives, such as rebates and coupons, which are accounted for as variable consideration when estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. The Company estimates returns and incentives at contract inception and includes the amount in the transaction price for which significant reversal is not probable. These estimates are updated at the end of each reporting period as additional information becomes available.

The Company offers a customer loyalty program that provides customers with rewards that can be applied to future purchases or other incentives. Loyalty rewards are accounted for as a separate performance obligation and a deferred liability is recorded in the amount of the transaction price allocated to the rewards, inclusive of the impact of estimated breakage. The estimated breakage of loyalty rewards is based on historical redemption rates experienced under the loyalty program. Revenue is recognized when the loyalty rewards are redeemed or expire. As of both December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company had $12 million of deferred liability related to the loyalty program, which is included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

71


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

The Company recognizes revenue in certain circumstances before product delivery occurs (commonly referred to as bill-and-hold transactions). Revenue from bill-and-hold transactions is recognized when all specific requirements for transfer of control under a bill-and-hold arrangement have been met which include, among other things, a request from the customer that the product be held for future scheduled delivery. For these bill-and-hold arrangements, the associated product inventory is identified separately as belonging to the customer and is ready for physical transfer.

CONTRACT BALANCES

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. A receivable is recognized in the period the Company delivers goods or provides services, and is recorded at the invoiced amount, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. A receivable is also recognized for unbilled services where the Company’s right to consideration is unconditional, and is recorded based on an estimate of time and materials. Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 20 to 60 days. In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of invoicing, the Company has determined that the contracts do not include a significant financing component. The primary purpose of the Company’s invoicing terms is to provide customers with simplified and predictable ways of purchasing its products and services. 

The Company receives payments from customers based upon contractual billing schedules. Contract assets include amounts related to deferred contract acquisition costs (refer to the section “Costs to Obtain a Contract” below) and if applicable, the Company’s conditional right to consideration for completed performance under a contract. The short and long-term components of contract assets in the table below are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets, and Other assets, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Contract liabilities include payments received in advance of performance under the contract, which are recognized as revenue when the performance obligation is completed under the contract, as well as accrued contract acquisition costs, liabilities related to the Company’s loyalty program and gift cards. The short and long-term components of contract liabilities in the table below are included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and Deferred income taxes and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers:

 

 

 

December 28,

 

 

December 29,

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Trade receivables, net

 

$

599

 

 

$

655

 

Short-term contract assets

 

 

23

 

 

 

22

 

Long-term contract assets

 

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

Short-term contract liabilities

 

 

52

 

 

 

52

 

Long-term contract liabilities

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

In 2019 and 2018, the Company did not have any contract assets related to conditional rights. The Company recognized revenues of $27 million and $35 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively, which were included in the short-term contract liability balance at the beginning of the period. There were no contract assets and liabilities that were recognized in 2019 and 2018 as a result of business combinations. There were no significant adjustments to revenue from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods and there were no contract assets recognized at the beginning of the period that transferred to receivables in 2019 and 2018.

A majority of the purchase orders and statements of work related to contracts with customers require delivery of the product or service within one year or less. For certain service contracts that exceed one year, the Company recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for services performed. Accordingly, the Company has applied the optional exemption provided by the new revenue recognition standard relating to unsatisfied performance obligations and does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for its contracts.

COSTS TO OBTAIN A CONTRACT

The Company recognizes an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects the benefit of those costs to be longer than one year. The Company has determined that certain rebate incentive programs meet the requirements to be capitalized. These costs are periodically reviewed for impairment, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit. As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, capitalized acquisition costs amounted to $40 million and $39 million, respectively, and are reflected in short-term contract assets and long-term contract assets in the table above. In 2019 and 2018, amortization expense was $35 million and $33 million, respectively. The Company had no asset impairment charges related to contract assets in the periods presented herein.

72


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

NOTE 5. SEGMENT INFORMATION

At December 28, 2019, the Company had three reportable segments: Business Solutions Division, Retail Division and the CompuCom Division. The Business Solutions Division sells nationally branded as well as the Company’s private branded office supply and adjacency products and services to customers in the United States, Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Canada. Business Solutions Division customers are served through a dedicated sales force, catalogs, telesales, and electronically through the Company’s Internet websites. The Retail Division includes a chain of retail stores in the United States, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, which sell office supplies, technology products and solutions, business machines and related supplies, print, cleaning, breakroom and facilities products, and office furniture as well as offer business services including copying, printing, mailing, shipping and technology support services. In addition, the print needs for retail and business customers are also facilitated through the Company’s regional print production centers. The CompuCom Division provides IT services and products to enterprise organizations in the United States and Canada, and offers a broad range of solutions including technology lifecycle management, end user computing and collaboration, service desk, remote technology monitoring and management, and IT workforce solutions.

The retained global sourcing operations previously included in the former International Division are not significant and have been presented as Other. Also included in Other is the elimination of intersegment revenues of $14 million and $11 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively. There were no intersegment revenues in 2017.

The products and services offered by the Business Solutions Division and the Retail Division are similar, but the CompuCom Division’s offerings are focused on IT services and related products. The Company’s three operating segments are its three reportable segments. The Business Solutions Division, the Retail Division and the CompuCom Division are managed separately as they represent separate channels in the way the Company serves its customers, and they are managed accordingly. The accounting policies for each segment are the same as those described in Note 1. Division operating income is determined based on the measure of performance reported internally to manage the business and for resource allocation. This measure charges to the respective Divisions those expenses considered directly or closely related to their operations and allocates support costs. Certain operating expenses and credits are not allocated to the Business Solutions Division, the Retail Division or the CompuCom Division, including asset impairments and merger and restructuring expenses, as well as expenses and credits retained at the Corporate level, including certain management costs and legacy pension and environmental matters. Other companies may charge more or less of these items to their segments and results may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other entities. In addition, the Company regularly evaluates the appropriateness of the reportable segments based on how the business is managed, including decision-making about resources allocation and assessing performance of the segments, particularly in light of organizational changes, merger and acquisition activity and changing laws and regulations. Therefore, the current reportable segments may change in the future.


73


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

A summary of significant accounts and balances by segment, reconciled to consolidated totals, after the elimination of discontinued operations for all periods is as follows.

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

Business

Solutions

Division

 

 

Retail

Division

 

 

CompuCom

Division

 

 

Other

 

 

Corporate

and

Discontinued

Operations*

 

 

Consolidated

Total

 

Sales

 

2019

 

$

5,279

 

 

$

4,363

 

 

$

994

 

 

$

11

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,647

 

 

 

2018

 

 

5,282

 

 

 

4,641

 

 

 

1,086

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,015

 

 

 

2017

 

 

5,108

 

 

 

4,962

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,240

 

Division operating income (loss)

 

2019

 

 

271

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

463

 

 

 

2018

 

 

243

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

451

 

 

 

2017

 

 

262

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

521

 

Capital expenditures

 

2019

 

 

43

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

2018

 

 

43

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

187

 

 

 

2017

 

 

45

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

141

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2019

 

 

66

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

204

 

 

 

2018

 

 

64

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

2017

 

 

62

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

159

 

Charges for losses on receivables

   and inventories

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

2018

 

 

3

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

2017

 

 

8

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

Assets

 

2019

 

 

1,803

 

 

 

2,403

 

 

 

989

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

2,106

 

 

 

7,311

 

 

 

2018

 

 

1,686

 

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

2,164

 

 

 

6,166

 

 

*

Amounts included in “Corporate and Discontinued Operations” consist of assets (including all cash and cash equivalents) and depreciation related to corporate activities of continuing operations.

A reconciliation of the measure of Division operating income to Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes is as follows:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Division operating income

 

$

463

 

 

$

451

 

 

$

521

 

Add/(subtract):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset impairments

 

 

(56

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(4

)

Merger and restructuring expenses, net

 

 

(116

)

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(94

)

Legal expense accrual

 

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

Unallocated expenses

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(93

)

 

 

(96

)

Interest income

 

 

23

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

22

 

Interest expense

 

 

(89

)

 

 

(121

)

 

 

(62

)

Loss on extinguishment and modification of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

Other income, net

 

 

21

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

12

 

Income from continuing operations before

   income taxes

 

$

146

 

 

$

158

 

 

$

299

 

 

74


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

NOTE 6. INCOME TAXES

The components of income from continuing operations before income taxes consisted of the following:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

United States

 

$

116

 

 

$

138

 

 

$

295

 

Foreign

 

 

30

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

4

 

Total income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

146

 

 

$

158

 

 

$

299

 

 

The income tax expense related to income from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(64

)

 

$

3

 

 

$

4

 

State

 

 

3

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

3

 

Foreign

 

 

8

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

84

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

152

 

State

 

 

11

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

(17

)

Foreign

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Total income tax expense

 

$

47

 

 

$

59

 

 

$

153

 

 

The following is a reconciliation of income taxes at the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Federal tax computed at the statutory rate

 

$

30

 

 

$

33

 

 

$

105

 

State taxes, net of Federal benefit

 

 

6

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

12

 

Foreign income taxed at rates other than Federal

 

 

1

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

2

 

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance

 

 

9

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(36

)

Non-deductible Merger expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Other non-deductible expenses and settlements

 

 

3

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

Tax basis differences in investment in subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

Non-taxable income and additional deductible expenses

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(4

)

Change in unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Impact of Tax Reform

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

Impact of stock compensation shortfall

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3

 

Repatriation of foreign earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Other items, net

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(3

)

Income tax expense

 

$

47

 

 

$

59

 

 

$

153

 

The Company’s effective tax rate of 32% in 2019 differs from the statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the impact of state taxes and certain nondeductible items, the recognition of valuation allowances, and the Company’s mix of income and losses across U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions. The Company’s effective tax rate of 37% in 2018 reflected the same Federal marginal tax rate of 21% and the impact of the Company’s mix of income and losses across US and non-US jurisdictions. In addition, the 2018 rate was impacted by several discrete items including the impact of a potentially nondeductible legal settlement, the impact of excess tax deficiencies associated with stock-based compensation awards, state taxes, and certain other nondeductible items. The Company completed several acquisitions and dispositions, some of which resulted in the recognition of gain or loss for tax purposes, which differed from the amount recognized for GAAP purposes. The Company’s effective tax rate in 2017 varied considerably as a result of three primary factors: 1) the impact of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act; 2) the Company’s mix of income and losses across U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions; and 3) the reduction of previously established valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. As a result, The Company’s effective tax rates were 32% in 2019, 37% in 2018 and 51% in 2017.

As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Alternative Minimum Tax (AMT) for corporations was repealed. In addition, any unused AMT Credits that remain unused for tax years after 2017 can be refunded up to 50% of the unused balance in any tax year. For the

75


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

2018 tax year, the Company received a cash refund of $44 million of its credits in the fourth quarter. For 2019, it is anticipated that $22 million will be available for refund. These amounts are reflected as a reduction of deferred tax assets.

It is expected that the Company will recognize a large deferred tax liability related to the maturity of the Timber Note Receivable. The entire deferred gain will be recognized resulting in significant taxable income in the first quarter of 2020. It is expected to be largely offset by available capital loss carryforwards, both Federal and state, state net operating losses, and any remaining Federal credits. As a result, the majority of the Company’s remaining AMT credits will be utilized at that time.

During 2019, the Company recognized certain tax assets that more likely than not will not be realized and, as a result, recorded a valuation allowance against those assets. During the third quarter of 2017, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that a benefit from a significant portion of the Company’s U.S. Federal and state deferred tax assets would not be realized. This conclusion was based on detailed evaluations of all available positive and negative evidence and the weight of such evidence, the current financial position and results of operations for the current and preceding years, and the expectation of continued earnings. The Company determined that its U.S. Federal and state valuation allowance should be reduced by approximately $40 million in 2017 as an adjustment to the estimated annual effective tax rate.

The Company continues to have a U.S. valuation allowance for certain U.S. Federal credits and state tax attributes, which relate to deferred tax assets that require either certain types of income or for income to be earned in certain jurisdictions in order to be realized. The Company will continue to assess the realizability of its deferred tax assets in the U.S. and remaining foreign jurisdictions in future periods. Changes in pretax income projections could impact this evaluation in future periods.

The Company operates in several foreign jurisdictions with income tax rates that differ from the U.S. Federal statutory rate, which resulted in an expense for 2019 and 2018 presented in the effective tax rate reconciliation. Significant foreign tax jurisdictions for which the Company realized such expense are Canada and Puerto Rico after the sale of the other international operations.

The components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 28,

 

 

December 29,

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

U.S. and foreign loss carryforwards

 

$

240

 

 

$

253

 

Deferred rent credit

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

385

 

 

 

 

Pension and other accrued compensation

 

 

53

 

 

 

65

 

Accruals for facility closings

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

Inventory

 

 

9

 

 

 

11

 

Self-insurance accruals

 

 

19

 

 

 

21

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

16

 

 

 

17

 

U.S. and foreign income tax credit carryforwards

 

 

168

 

 

 

227

 

Allowance for bad debts

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

21

 

 

 

20

 

Basis difference in fixed assets

 

 

31

 

 

 

30

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

948

 

 

 

688

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(151

)

 

 

(142

)

Deferred tax assets

 

 

797

 

 

 

546

 

Internal software

 

 

10

 

 

 

11

 

Installment gain on sale of timberlands

 

 

168

 

 

 

172

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

356

 

 

 

 

Intangibles

 

 

96

 

 

 

96

 

Undistributed foreign earnings

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

634

 

 

 

283

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

163

 

 

$

263

 

 

As of December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, deferred income tax liabilities amounting to $20 million in both periods  are included in deferred income taxes and other long-term liabilities.

 

76


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

As of December 28, 2019, the Company has utilized all of its U.S. Federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards with the exception of the NOLs acquired as part of the CompuCom acquisition. The Company has $60 million of Federal, $80 million of foreign and $1.2 billion of state NOL carryforwards. Of the Federal NOL carryforwards, none expired in 2019 with the remainder expiring between 2020 and 2033. Of the foreign NOL carryforwards, $4 million will expire in 2020 and the remaining balance will expire between 2024 and 2033. Of the state NOL carryforwards, $68 million will expire in 2020, and the remaining balance will expire between 2021 and 2039. The Company has Federal capital loss carryover available to offset future capital gains generated of $604 million which expires in 2021, 2022 and 2023, and state capital loss carryforwards of $485 million which expire in 2021, 2022 and 2023. The Company also has $22 million of U.S. Federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards, which can be used to reduce future regular federal income tax, if any, over an indefinite period. In addition, due to the enactment of new legislation, a portion of the credits can be refunded.

 

Additionally, the Company has $127 million of U.S. Federal tax credit carryforwards, which expire between 2020 and 2028, and $14 million of state and foreign tax credit carryforwards, $2 million of which can be carried forward indefinitely, and the remainder of which will expire between 2023 and 2028.

 

As of December 28, 2019, the Company has not triggered an “ownership change” as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 382 or other similar provisions that would limit the use of NOL and tax credit carryforwards. However, the Company did acquire certain NOLs and other credit carryforwards that may be limited as a result of the purchase. Furthermore, if the Company were to experience an ownership change in future periods, its deferred tax assets and income tax expense may be negatively impacted. Deferred income taxes have been provided on all undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries.

The following summarizes the activity related to valuation allowances for deferred tax assets:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Beginning balance

 

$

142

 

 

$

144

 

 

$

140

 

Additions, charged to expense

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Acquired via Merger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Impact of Tax Reform

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

Reductions

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(41

)

Ending balance

 

$

151

 

 

$

142

 

 

$

144

 

 

During 2019, the Company established valuation allowances on certain deferred tax assets related to certain credits and carryforwards that are not expected to be utilized prior to expiration. During 2018, the Company released a small portion of its valuation allowance related to certain credits that are now expected to be utilized prior to expiration. As of December 28, 2019, the Company continues to have a U.S. valuation allowance for certain U.S. Federal credits and certain state tax attributes, which relate to deferred tax assets that require either certain types of income or for income to be earned in certain jurisdictions in order to be realized. The Company will continue to assess the realizability of its deferred tax assets in the U.S. and remaining foreign jurisdictions in future periods. Changes in pretax income projections could impact this evaluation in future periods.

 

The Company’s total valuation allowance increased during 2017 due to several factors. A portion of the deferred assets acquired as part of the CompuCom deal had existing valuation allowances that increased the Company’s balance. The Company recognized a net income tax benefit of $36 million associated with the reduction of valuation allowances in the U.S. Federal and state jurisdictions offset by the establishment of valuation allowances in the U.S. and certain jurisdictions in which the Company does not expect to be profitable. As a result of enacted legislation, the Company reestablished a valuation allowance of $40 million on certain of its Federal credits offset by a reduction in the required valuation allowance due to the statutory rate change.

 

The following table summarizes the activity related to unrecognized tax benefits:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Beginning balance

 

$

20

 

 

$

20

 

 

$

14

 

Increase related to current year tax positions

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase related to merger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Increase (decrease) related to prior year tax positions

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Ending balance

 

$

22

 

 

$

20

 

 

$

20

 

 

77


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

Included in the balance of $22 million at December 28, 2019, is $10 million of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. The other $12 million primarily results from tax positions that, if sustained, would be offset by changes in deferred tax assets. It is anticipated that $2 million in tax positions will be resolved within the next 12 months, which would decrease the Company’s balance of unrecognized tax benefits. Additionally, the Company anticipates that it is reasonably possible that new issues will be raised or resolved by tax authorities that may require changes to the balance of unrecognized tax benefits; however, an estimate of such changes cannot be reasonably made.

 

As part of the CompuCom acquisition, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits increased by $8 million in 2017. Approximately $3 million of the unrecognized tax benefit is currently covered under an indemnification agreement with a previous owner of CompuCom.

The Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in the provision for income taxes. The Company recognized immaterial interest and penalty expense in 2019, 2018 and 2017. The Company had approximately $7 million accrued for the payment of interest and penalties as of December 28, 2019, including $1 million acquired as part of the CompuCom merger, which is not included in the table above.

The Company files a U.S. Federal income tax return and other income tax returns in various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal and state and local income tax examinations for years before 2017 and 2014, respectively. The acquired OfficeMax U.S. consolidated group is no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examination and with few exceptions, is no longer subject to U.S. state and local income tax examinations for years before 2014. The U.S. Federal income tax returns for 2017 and 2018 are currently under review. Generally, the Company is subject to routine examination for years 2013 and forward in its international tax jurisdictions.

NOTE 7. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table presents the calculation of net earnings per common share — basic and diluted:

 

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Basic Earnings Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

$

99

 

 

$

99

 

 

$

146

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

35

 

Net income

 

$

99

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

181

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

545

 

 

 

553

 

 

 

522

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.28

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

0.07

 

Net basic earnings per share

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.19

 

 

$

0.35

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations

 

$

99

 

 

$

99

 

 

$

146

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

35

 

Net income

 

$

99

 

 

$

104

 

 

$

181

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

545

 

 

 

553

 

 

 

522

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options and restricted stock

 

 

8

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

13

 

Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

553

 

 

 

564

 

 

 

535

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.27

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

0.06

 

Net diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.19

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

78


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

Awards of options and nonvested shares representing an additional 9 million, 5 million and 4 million shares of common stock were outstanding for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding because their effect would have been antidilutive.

NOTE 8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of:

 

 

 

December 28,

 

 

December 29,

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Land

 

$

45

 

 

$

53

 

Buildings

 

 

221

 

 

 

281

 

Computer software

 

 

653

 

 

 

588

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

658

 

 

 

649

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

833

 

 

 

787

 

Construction in progress

 

 

49

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

2,459

 

 

 

2,428

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,780

)

 

 

(1,665

)

Total

 

$

679

 

 

$

763

 

 

The above table of property and equipment includes assets held under finance leases as follows:

 

 

 

December 28,

 

 

December 29,

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Buildings

 

$

40

 

 

$

42

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

132

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

142

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(120

)

 

 

(108

)

Total

 

$

52

 

 

$

34

 

Depreciation expense was $118 million in 2019, $114 million in 2018 and $111 million in 2017.

Included in computer software and construction in progress above are capitalized software costs of $653 million and $589 million at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. The unamortized amounts of the capitalized software costs are $134 million and $118 million at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software costs totaled $55 million, $46 million and $39 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Software development costs that do not meet the criteria for capitalization are expensed as incurred.

Estimated future amortization expense related to capitalized software at December 28, 2019 is as follows:

 

(In millions)

 

2020

 

$

50

 

2021

 

 

39

 

2022

 

 

24

 

2023

 

 

14

 

2024

 

 

5

 

Thereafter

 

 

2

 

 

The weighted average remaining amortization period for capitalized software is 3 years.

ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

Certain facilities that were part of continuing operations but had been identified for closure through integration and other activities were accounted for as assets held for sale. Assets held for sale primarily consists of supply chain facilities and are presented in Prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recognized $25 million gain on disposition of

79


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

assets held for sale during 2019, of which $19 million was included in Selling, general and administrative expenses and $6 million was included in Merger and restructuring expenses, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The assets held for sale activity in 2019 is presented in the table below.

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 29, 2018

 

$

6

 

Additions

 

 

18

 

Dispositions

 

 

(24

)

Balance as of December 28, 2019

 

$

 

 

NOTE 9. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

GOODWILL

The components of goodwill by segment are provided in the following table:

 

(In millions)

 

Business

Solutions

Division

 

 

Retail

Division

 

 

CompuCom

Division

 

 

Total

 

Balance as of December 29, 2018

 

$

387

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

449

 

 

$

914

 

Acquisitions

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

Foreign currency rate impact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

Purchase accounting adjustments

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Balance as of December 28, 2019

 

$

410

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

456

 

 

$

944

 

 

Additions to goodwill relate to acquisitions made during 2019, as well as the impact of purchase accounting adjustments associated with 2019 and 2018 acquisitions. As disclosed in Note 2, these adjustments were insignificant individually and in the aggregate to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Goodwill in the Business Solutions Division in the table above is net of $349 million of accumulated impairment loss recognized in 2008.

The Company has historically performed its annual impairment assessment as of the first day of the third quarter each year. During 2019, the Company changed its annual impairment assessment date to the first day of fiscal month December, which is in the fourth quarter. In connection with the change, goodwill was evaluated for impairment as of both annual test dates in 2019, and no impairment was identified.

The Company’s third quarter 2019 annual goodwill impairment test was performed using a quantitative assessment that combined the income approach and the market approach valuation methodologies and resulted in the fair value of each reporting unit exceeding its respective carrying amount as of the assessment date, which was the first day of the quarter. The Company performed its fourth quarter 2019 annual goodwill impairment test using a quantitative assessment for its CompuCom reporting unit, and qualitative assessments for all other reporting units. Consistent with the third quarter test, the quantitative assessment combined the income approach and the market approach valuation methodologies and concluded that the fair value of the CompuCom reporting unit continues to exceed its carrying amount by a similar margin. For all other reporting units, the Company’s qualitative assessment indicated that it is not more likely than not that the fair values of the reporting units are less than their respective carrying amounts and no further impairment testing was performed on those reporting units.

The Company is monitoring the performance of its Contract reporting unit, a component of the Business Solutions Division segment, and its CompuCom reporting unit, which both passed the quantitative assessments performed in 2019 with margins in excess of those determined in the Company’s 2018 annual assessment. The CompuCom Division reported an operating loss for year-to-date 2019 that was mainly driven by temporary shortfalls in revenue and profitability in the first quarter of 2019 and has improved its operational performance during the rest of 2019. The Company has taken several actions to improve the future operating performance of CompuCom, including the use of automation and technology to further improve service efficiency, simplifying organizational structures to improve service velocity, and aligning sales efforts to better serve its customers and accelerate cross-selling opportunities. The anticipated impacts of these actions are reflected in key assumptions used in the quantitative assessment, and if not realized, could result in future impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for the CompuCom reporting unit.

80


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

INDEFINITE-LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company had $82 million and $79 million of trade names as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively, and $2 million of other indefinite-lived intangible assets as of December 29, 2018. These indefinite-lived intangible assets are included in Other intangible assets, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company recognized $2 million and $1 million of impairment charges to its other indefinite-lived intangible assets, in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

DEFINITE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Definite-lived intangible assets, which are included in Other intangible assets, net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are as follows:

 

 

 

December 28, 2019

 

(In millions)

 

Gross

Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Carrying Amount

 

Customer relationships

 

$

412

 

 

$

(109

)

 

$

303

 

Technology

 

 

19

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

3

 

Total

 

$

431

 

 

$

(125

)

 

$

306

 

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

(In millions)

 

Gross

Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

Carrying Amount

 

Customer relationships

 

$

408

 

 

$

(84

)

 

$

324

 

Technology

 

 

19

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

10

 

Favorable leases

 

 

11

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

7

 

Total

 

$

438

 

 

$

(97

)

 

$

341

 

 

Definite-lived intangible assets generally are amortized using the straight-line method.  The remaining weighted average amortization periods for customer relationships and technology are 14 years and 0.5 years, respectively, and 14 years in the aggregate.

Amortization of intangible assets was $31 million in 2019, $31 million in 2018 and $9 million in 2017. Intangible assets amortization expenses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in Selling, general and administrative expenses.

Estimated future amortization expense for the intangible assets is as follows:

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

26

 

2021

 

 

24

 

2022

 

 

23

 

2023

 

 

20

 

2024

 

 

20

 

Thereafter

 

 

193

 

Total

 

$

306

 

Definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed whenever events and circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable and the remaining useful lives are appropriate. No impairment charges were recognized during 2019 and 2018; impairment charges were $2 million in 2017.

 

81


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

NOTE 10. TIMBER NOTES/NON-RECOURSE DEBT

As part of the OfficeMax merger, the Company acquired credit-enhanced timber installment notes with an original principal balance of $818 million (the “Installment Notes”) that were part of the consideration received in exchange for OfficeMax’s sale of timberland assets in October 2004, and related non-recourse debt that OfficeMax issued under the structure of the timber note transactions in the amount of $735 million (the “Securitization Notes”). The Installment Notes and Securitization Notes were non-amortizing obligations bearing interest at 4.98% and 5.42%, respectively, and maturing on January 29, 2020 and October 31, 2019, respectively. During the third quarter of 2019, the Company, through a bankruptcy remote indirect subsidiary, entered into a term loan agreement to receive a $735 million loan on October 31, 2019 (the “Bridge Loan”) that was used to refinance the Securitization Notes. The Bridge Loan is also non-recourse to the Company, and is secured by the Installment Notes. The Bridge Loan incurred interest at a rate equal to 3-month LIBOR plus 0.75% per annum from October 31, 2019 through January 29, 2020 when it matured.

The Installment Notes are reported as Timber notes receivable, current maturities in the amount of $819 million at December 28, 2019 and Timber notes receivable in the amount of $842 million at December 29, 2018 in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, which represents the original principal amount of $818 million plus a fair value adjustment recorded through purchase accounting in connection with the merger. The premium is amortized under the effective interest method as a component of interest income through the maturity date. The Bridge Loan is reported as Non-recourse debt, current maturities in the amount of $735 million in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 28, 2019. The Securitization Notes are reported as Non-recourse debt in the amount of $754 million at December 29, 2018, which represents the original principal amount of $735 million plus a fair value adjustment recorded through purchase accounting in connection with the merger, in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The premium was amortized under the effective interest method as a component of interest expense through the maturity date.

The Company received a net principal cash payment of $82.5 million upon maturity of the Installment Notes and the Bridge Loan on January 29, 2020, which were net settled as they were with the same third-party financial institution. In addition, the sale of the timberlands in 2004 had generated a tax gain for OfficeMax where the resulting tax liability was deferred until the maturity date for the Installment Notes.  Accordingly, at December 28, 2019, there is a deferred tax liability of $168 million related to the Installment Notes that became due upon maturity on January 29, 2020.         

NOTE 11. DEBT

Debt consists of the following:

 

 

 

December 28,

 

 

December 29,

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Recourse debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance lease obligations

 

$

19

 

 

$

17

 

Other current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

87

 

 

 

78

 

Total

 

$

106

 

 

$

95

 

Long-term debt, net of current maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan, due 2022

 

$

331

 

 

$

406

 

Unamortized debt issuance cost and discount

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(19

)

Term Loan, due 2022, net

 

 

318

 

 

 

387

 

Revenue bonds, due in varying amounts periodically through 2029

 

 

176

 

 

 

186

 

American & Foreign Power Company, Inc. 5% debentures, due 2030

 

 

15

 

 

 

14

 

Finance lease obligations

 

 

58

 

 

 

55

 

Other financing obligations

 

 

8

 

 

 

48

 

Total

 

$

575

 

 

$

690

 

Non-recourse debt — Timber notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-recourse debt, current maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bridge Loan, due 2020 — Refer to Note 10

 

$

735

 

 

$

 

Non-recourse debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.42% Securitization Notes, due 2019 — Refer to Note 10

 

 

 

 

 

735

 

Unamortized premium

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

Total

 

$

735

 

 

$

754

 

82


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

The Company was in compliance with all applicable financial covenants of existing loan agreements at December 28, 2019.

AMENDED CREDIT AGREEMENT

On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with a group of lenders. Additional amendments to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement have been entered into and were effective February 2012, March 2013, November 2013, May 2015, May 2016, December 2016, and November 2017 (the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement including all amendments is referred to as the “Amended Credit Agreement”). The Amended Credit Agreement provides for an asset based, multi-currency revolving credit facility of up to $1.2 billion (the “Facility”). The Amended Credit Agreement also provides that the Facility may be increased by up to $250 million, subject to certain terms and conditions, including obtaining increased commitments from existing or new lenders. The amount that can be drawn on the Facility at any given time is determined based on percentages of certain accounts receivable, inventory and credit card receivables (the “Borrowing Base”). The Facility includes a sub-facility of up to $200 million which is available to the Company and certain of the Company’s Canadian subsidiaries. Certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries guarantee the obligations under the Facility (the “Domestic Guarantors”). The Amended Credit Agreement also provides for a letter of credit sub-facility of up to $400 million, as well as a swingline loan sub-facility of up to $125 million to the Company. All loans borrowed under the Facility may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed from time to time until the maturity date of May 13, 2021 as provided in the Amended Credit Agreement.

All amounts borrowed under the Facility, as well as the obligations of the Domestic Guarantors, are secured by a first priority lien on the Company’s and such Domestic Guarantors’ accounts receivables, inventory, cash, cash equivalents and deposit. At the Company’s option, borrowings made pursuant to the Facility bear interest at either, (i) the alternate base rate (defined as the higher of the Prime Rate (as announced by the Agent), the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and the one month Adjusted LIBOR (defined below) and 1%) or (ii) the Adjusted LIBOR (defined as the LIBOR as adjusted for statutory reserves) plus, in either case, a certain margin based on the aggregate average availability under the Facility.

The Amended Credit Agreement contains representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, and default provisions which are conditions precedent to borrowing. The most significant of these covenants and default provisions include limitations in certain circumstances on acquisitions, dispositions, share repurchases and the payment of cash dividends.

The Facility also includes provisions whereby if the global availability is less than $150 million, the Company’s cash collections go first to the agent to satisfy outstanding borrowings. Further, if total availability falls below $125 million, a fixed charge coverage ratio test is required. Any event of default that is not cured within the permitted period, including non-payment of amounts when due, any debt in excess of $25 million becoming due before the scheduled maturity date, or the acquisition of more than 40% of the ownership of the Company by any person or group, within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, could result in a termination of the Facility and all amounts outstanding becoming immediately due and payable.

At December 28, 2019, the Company had $920 million of available credit under the Facility based on the December 2019 Borrowing Base certificate. At December 28, 2019, no amounts were outstanding under the Facility. Letters of credit outstanding under the Facility totaled $65 million. There were no borrowings under the Facility during 2019.

TERM LOAN

In connection with the consummation of the acquisition of CompuCom, the Company entered into a credit agreement, dated as of November 8, 2017 (the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”), which provides for a $750 million term loan facility with a maturity date of November 8, 2022. The loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement were issued with an original issue discount, at an issue price of 97.00%, and the Company incurred approximately $12 million of debt issuance costs. The loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement incurred interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 7.00% (or an alternative base rate plus 6.00%). The net proceeds of the loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement were used to refinance certain indebtedness of CompuCom and to pay fees and expenses in connection with the acquisition of CompuCom and the related transactions.

On November 21, 2018, the Company entered into the First Amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the Term Loan Credit Agreement to reduce the applicable interest rate from LIBOR plus 7.00% to LIBOR plus 5.25%. All other material provisions of the Term Loan Credit Agreement remain unchanged. In connection with the applicable interest rate reduction, the Company also made a voluntary repayment under the Term Loan Credit Agreement in the amount of $194 million. As a result, the Company recognized a $15 million loss on modification of debt, which consisted of the 1.00% prepayment premium and the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount in an amount proportional to the term loan repaid.

83


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

The Term Loan Credit Agreement is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s direct and indirect U.S. subsidiaries, including CompuCom and substantially all of its U.S. subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions (collectively, the “Guarantors”). The obligations under the Term Loan Credit Agreement are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. Pursuant to an intercreditor agreement, the lenders and other secured parties under the Term Loan Credit Agreement have a first priority lien on certain assets constituting term priority collateral, and a second priority lien on certain assets constituting priority collateral for the Amended Credit Agreement.

The loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement amortize quarterly beginning March 15, 2018 at the rate of approximately $19 million per quarter, with the balance payable at maturity. The Term Loan Credit Agreement also requires mandatory prepayments in connection with certain asset sales as well as potential additional mandatory prepayments from specified percentages of the Company’s excess cash flow, subject to certain exceptions.

 

The Term Loan Credit Agreement contains representations and warranties, events of default, and affirmative and negative covenants that are customary for similar financings and which include, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions, restrictions on the ability to declare or pay dividends, repurchase common stock, create liens, incur additional indebtedness, make investments, dispose of assets, and merge or consolidate with any other person. In addition, a minimum liquidity maintenance covenant, requiring the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to retain unrestricted cash, cash equivalents, and availability under the Company’s Amended Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount of at least $400 million, will apply at any time that the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio under the agreement is greater than 1.50:1.00 as calculated quarterly. At December 28, 2019, the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio was 0.69:1.00 and the Company was in compliance with the agreement.

 

OTHER SHORT- AND LONG-TERM DEBT

As a result of the OfficeMax merger, the Company assumed the liability for the amounts in the table above related to the (i) Revenue bonds, due in varying amounts periodically through 2029, and (ii) American & Foreign Power Company, Inc. 5% debentures, due 2030. Also, the Company has finance lease obligations which relate to buildings and equipment, and various other financing obligations for the amounts included in the table above.

 SCHEDULE OF DEBT MATURITIES

Aggregate annual maturities of recourse debt, finance lease, and other financing obligations are as follows:

 

(In millions)

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

110

 

2021

 

 

99

 

2022

 

 

297

 

2023

 

 

94

 

2024

 

 

8

 

Thereafter

 

 

99

 

Total

 

 

707

 

Less interest on finance leases

 

 

(13

)

Total

 

 

694

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

Current portion

 

 

(106

)

Unamortized debt issuance cost and discount

 

 

(13

)

Total long-term debt

 

$

575

 

NON-RECOURSE DEBT

Refer to Note 10 for further information on non-recourse debt.

84


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

NOTE 12. LEASES

The Company leases retail stores and other facilities, vehicles, and equipment under operating lease agreements. Facility leases typically are for a fixed non-cancellable term with one or more renewal options. In addition to rent payments, the Company is required to pay certain variable lease costs such as real estate taxes, insurance and common-area maintenance on most of the facility leases. For leases beginning in 2019, the Company accounts for lease components (e.g., fixed payments including rent) and non-lease components (e.g., real estate taxes, insurance costs and common-area maintenance costs) as a single lease component. Certain leases contain provisions for additional rent to be paid if sales exceed a specified amount, though such payments have been immaterial during the periods presented, and are recognized as variable lease cost. The Company subleases certain real estate to third parties, consisting mainly of operating leases for space within the retail stores.

   The components of lease expense were as follows:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

Finance lease cost:

 

 

 

 

Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

$

17

 

Interest on lease liabilities

 

 

5

 

Operating lease cost

 

 

433

 

Short-term lease cost

 

 

7

 

Variable lease cost

 

 

121

 

Sublease income

 

 

(3

)

Total lease cost

 

$

580

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows from finance leases

 

$

5

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

 

489

 

Financing cash flows from finance leases

 

 

21

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities

 

 

27

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

 

338

 

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

 

 

 

December 28,

 

(In millions, except lease term and discount rate)

 

2019

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

52

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

1,413

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

373

 

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

19

 

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

 

 

58

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

1,208

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term – finance leases

 

5 years

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term – operating leases

 

5 years

 

Weighted-average discount rate – finance leases

 

 

6.2

%

Weighted-average discount rate – operating leases

 

 

6.6

%

 

85


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 28, 2019 were as follows:

 

 

 

December 28, 2019

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

Finance

 

(In millions)

 

Leases(1)

 

 

Leases(2)

 

2020

 

$

461

 

 

$

23

 

2021

 

 

383

 

 

 

21

 

2022

 

 

313

 

 

 

17

 

2023

 

 

243

 

 

 

13

 

2024

 

 

167

 

 

 

7

 

Thereafter

 

 

336

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

1,903

 

 

 

90

 

Less imputed interest

 

 

(322

)

 

 

(13

)

Total

 

$

1,581

 

 

$

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reported as of December 28, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

373

 

 

$

 

Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

 

 

 

 

 

58

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

1,208

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,581

 

 

$

77

 

 

(1)

Operating lease payments include $116 million related to options to extend lease terms that are reasonably certain of being exercised and exclude $8 million of legally binding lease payments for 3 additional operating leases signed but not yet commenced. These operating leases will commence in fiscal year 2020 with lease terms of 10 years.

(2)

Finance lease payments include $17 million related to options to extend lease terms that are reasonably certain of being exercised.

 

Adoption of the new lease accounting standard using the alternative transition method required the Company to provide relevant disclosures in accordance with ASC 840, Leases for all prior periods presented. The table below represents future minimum lease payments due under the non-cancelable portions of leases including facility leases that were accrued as store closure costs as of December 29, 2018. The table was updated from the version previously included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements to adjust for certain inconsistencies that management identified in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 during the implementation of ASC 842, Leases. Specifically, the Company corrected the schedule to include additional lease commitments for option periods at the time of execution as opposed to the original extension date.

 

 

 

December 29,

 

(In millions)

 

2018

 

2019

 

$

466

 

2020

 

 

374

 

2021

 

 

285

 

2022

 

 

214

 

2023

 

 

144

 

Thereafter

 

 

235

 

 

 

 

1,718

 

Less sublease income

 

 

(11

)

Total

 

$

1,707

 

 

86


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

 

NOTE 13. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

PREFERRED STOCK

As of December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, there were 1,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock authorized; no shares were issued and outstanding.

TREASURY STOCK

In November 2018, the Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program of up to $100 million of its common stock effective January 1, 2019, which extends until the end of 2020 and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. In November 2019, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the authorization of the existing stock repurchase program of up to $200 million and extended the program through the end of 2021. The new authorization includes the remaining authorized amount under the existing stock repurchase program. The exact timing of share repurchases will depend on market conditions and other factors, and will be funded through available cash balances.

Under the stock repurchase program, the Company purchased approximately 15 million shares of its common stock at a cost of $40 million in 2019. As of December 28, 2019, $161 million remains available for stock repurchases under the current stock repurchase authorization.

At December 28, 2019, there were 85 million common shares held in treasury. The Company’s Term loan and Amended Credit Facility includes certain covenants on restricted payments which include common stock repurchases, based on the Company’s liquidity and borrowing availability. The Company’s ability to repurchase its common stock in 2020 is subject to certain restrictions under the Term Loan Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 11 for additional information about the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

DIVIDENDS ON COMMON STOCK

During 2019, the Company paid quarterly cash dividends on its common stock in the amount of $0.025 per share for a total annual dividend distribution of $55 million. Dividends have been recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital as the Company is in an accumulated deficit position. Payment of dividends is permitted under the Company’s Amended Credit Agreement subject to minimum liquidity or fixed charge ratio requirements. Additionally, the Company’s Term Loan Credit Agreement contains certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to declare or pay dividends. Refer to Note 11 for additional information about the Amended Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Accumulated other comprehensive loss activity, net of tax, where applicable, is provided in the following tables:

 

(In millions)

 

Foreign

Currency

Translation

Adjustments

 

 

Change in

Deferred

Pension

and Other

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 29, 2018

 

$

(50

)

 

$

(49

)

 

$

(99

)

Other comprehensive income activity

 

 

21

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

39

 

Tax impact

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax, where applicable

 

 

21

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

33

 

Balance at December 28, 2019

 

$

(29

)

 

$

(37

)

 

$

(66

)

87


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

 

 

(In millions)

 

Foreign

Currency

Translation

Adjustments

 

 

Change in

Deferred

Pension

and Other

 

 

Total

 

Balance at December 30, 2017

 

$

(43

)

 

$

(35

)

 

$

(78

)

Other comprehensive loss activity before reclassifications

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

(59

)

Reclassification of foreign currency translation adjustments

   realized upon disposal of business (a)

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

Tax impact

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

Total other comprehensive loss, net of tax, where applicable

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(21

)

Balance at December 29, 2018

 

$

(50

)

 

$

(49

)

 

$

(99

)

 

(a)

Relates to the disposition of the Company’s businesses in Australia and New Zealand in 2018.

 

 

NOTE 14. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS

During 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted, and the shareholders approved, the Office Depot, Inc. 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan replaces the Office Depot, Inc. 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Office Depot, Inc. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, and the 2003 OfficeMax Incentive and Performance Plan (together, the “Prior Plans”). No additional awards were granted under the Prior Plans effective July 20, 2017, the effective date of the Plan. The Plan permits the issuance of stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, and other equity-based incentive awards. Employee share-based awards are generally issued in the first quarter of the year.

RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

In 2019, the Company granted 7.4 million shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units to eligible employees which included 0.4 million shares granted to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors are granted restricted stock units as part of their annual compensation which vest immediately on the grant date with distribution to occur following their separation from service with the Company. Restricted stock grants to Company employees typically vest annually over a three-year service period. A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares and changes during 2019, 2018 and 2017 is presented below.

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Grant-

Date

Price

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Grant-

Date

Price

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Grant-

Date

Price

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

14,964,187

 

 

$

3.05

 

 

 

10,293,690

 

 

$

4.33

 

 

 

12,747,791

 

 

$

4.41

 

Granted

 

 

7,402,359

 

 

 

2.99

 

 

 

10,639,147

 

 

 

2.33

 

 

 

6,200,730

 

 

 

4.34

 

Vested

 

 

(5,934,396

)

 

 

3.09

 

 

 

(4,197,669

)

 

 

4.37

 

 

 

(5,765,015

)

 

 

4.61

 

Forfeited

 

 

(2,484,591

)

 

 

2.86

 

 

 

(1,770,981

)

 

 

3.08

 

 

 

(2,889,816

)

 

 

4.16

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

 

13,947,559

 

 

$

3.04

 

 

 

14,964,187

 

 

$

3.05

 

 

 

10,293,690

 

 

$

4.33

 

 

As of December 28, 2019, there was approximately $21 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock. This expense, net of forfeitures, is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.8 years. Total outstanding shares of 13.9 million include 1.9 million granted to members of the Board of Directors that have vested but will not be issued until separation from service and 12 million unvested shares granted to employees. Of the 12 million unvested shares at year end, the Company estimates that 12 million shares will vest. The total fair value of shares at the time they vested during 2019 was $18 million.

88


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

PERFORMANCE-BASED INCENTIVE PROGRAM

The Company has a performance-based long-term incentive program consisting of performance stock units. Payouts under this program are based on achievement of certain financial targets set by the Board of Directors and are subject to additional service vesting requirements, generally three years from the grant date.

A summary of the activity in the performance-based long-term incentive program since inception is presented below.

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Grant-

Date

Price

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Grant-

Date

Price

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Grant-

Date

Price

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

19,133,969

 

 

$

2.88

 

 

 

10,187,045

 

 

$

4.42

 

 

 

13,742,384

 

 

$

4.66

 

Granted

 

 

10,267,429

 

 

 

3.10

 

 

 

13,287,817

 

 

 

2.37

 

 

 

5,099,667

 

 

 

4.18

 

Vested

 

 

(2,843,657

)

 

 

3.31

 

 

 

(1,211,764

)

 

 

9.45

 

 

 

(6,556,274

)

 

 

4.59

 

Forfeited

 

 

(6,616,631

)

 

 

2.89

 

 

 

(3,129,129

)

 

 

3.12

 

 

 

(2,098,732

)

 

 

4.67

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

 

19,941,110

 

 

$

2.91

 

 

 

19,133,969

 

 

$

2.88

 

 

 

10,187,045

 

 

$

4.42

 

 

As of December 28, 2019, there was approximately $29 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the performance-based long-term incentive program. This expense, net of forfeitures, is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 years. Forfeitures in the table above include adjustments to the share impact of anticipated performance achievement. Of the 19.9 million shares outstanding at year end, the Company estimates that 19.9 million shares will vest. The total fair value of shares at the time they vested during 2019 was $10 million.

 

NOTE 15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS — NORTH AMERICA

The Company has retirement obligations under OfficeMax’s U.S. pension plans. The Company sponsors these defined benefit pension plans covering certain terminated employees, vested employees, retirees and some active employees. In 2004 or earlier, OfficeMax’s pension plans were closed to new entrants and the benefits of eligible participants were frozen. Under the terms of these plans, the pension benefit for employees was based primarily on the employees’ years of service and benefit plan formulas that varied by plan. The Company’s general funding policy is to make contributions to the plans in amounts that are within the limits of deductibility under current tax regulations, and not less than the minimum contribution required by law.

Additionally, under previous OfficeMax arrangements, the Company has responsibility for sponsoring retiree medical benefit and life insurance plans including plans related to operations in the U.S. and Canada (referred to as “Other Benefits” in the tables below). The type of retiree benefits and the extent of coverage vary based on employee classification, date of retirement, location, and other factors. All of these postretirement medical plans are unfunded. The Company explicitly reserves the right to amend or terminate its retiree medical and life insurance plans at any time, subject only to constraints, if any, imposed by the terms of collective bargaining agreements. Amendment or termination may significantly affect the amount of expense incurred.

89


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

Obligations and Funded Status

The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, as well as the funded status of the plans to amounts recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Accumulated benefit obligations exceed plan assets in all individual plans.

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Benefits

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Changes in projected benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligation at beginning of period

 

$

880

 

 

$

979

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

14

 

Service cost

 

 

7

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

36

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Assumption changes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

91

 

 

 

(51

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency exchange rate change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

Benefits paid

 

 

(108

)

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Obligation at end of period

 

$

906

 

 

$

880

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

12

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

 

$

780

 

 

$

908

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Actual return (loss) on plan assets

 

 

159

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer contribution

 

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(108

)

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

 

 

833

 

 

 

780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net liability recognized at end of period

 

$

(73

)

 

$

(100

)

 

$

(13

)

 

$

(12

)

 

The following table shows the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the Company’s North America defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans as of year-ends:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Benefits

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Noncurrent assets

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Current liabilities

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

(71

)

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(11

)

Net amount recognized

 

$

(73

)

 

$

(100

)

 

$

(13

)

 

$

(12

)

 

Components of Net Periodic Cost (Benefit)

The components of net periodic cost (benefit) are as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Benefits

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Service cost

 

$

7

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Interest cost

 

 

36

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic cost (benefit)

 

$

1

 

 

$

(4

)

 

$

(3

)

 

$

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

1

 

 

90


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss (income) are as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

Other Benefits

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) at

   beginning of year

 

$

35

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

38

 

 

$

(1

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1

)

Net loss (gain)

 

 

(26

)

 

 

37

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) at

   end of year

 

$

9

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1

)

 

$

 

 

Less than $1 million of the accumulated other comprehensive loss is expected to be recognized as components of net periodic cost during 2020.

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) as of year-ends 2019 and 2018 consist of net losses (gains).

Assumptions

The assumptions used in accounting for the Company’s plans are estimates of factors including, among other things, the amount and timing of future benefit payments. The following table presents the key weighted average assumptions used in the measurement of the Company’s benefit obligations as of year-ends:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Benefits

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

United States

 

 

Canada

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Discount rate

 

 

3.26

%

 

 

4.31

%

 

 

3.71

%

 

 

2.80

%

 

 

3.90

%

 

 

3.30

%

 

 

3.10

%

 

 

3.90

%

 

 

3.40

%

 

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used in the measurement of net periodic benefit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Benefits

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

United States

 

 

Canada

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Discount rate

 

 

4.31

%

 

 

3.71

%

 

 

4.11

%

 

 

3.90

%

 

 

3.30

%

 

 

3.60

%

 

 

3.90

%

 

 

3.40

%

 

 

3.80

%

Expected long-term rate of return

   on plan assets

 

 

5.44

%

 

 

5.28

%

 

 

5.76

%

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

For pension benefits, the selected discount rates (which is required to be the rates at which the projected benefit obligations could be effectively settled as of the measurement date) are based on the rates of return for a theoretical portfolio of high-grade corporate bonds (rated AA- or better) with cash flows that generally match expected benefit payments in future years. In selecting bonds for this theoretical portfolio, the Company focuses on bonds that match cash flows to benefit payments and limit the concentration of bonds by issuer. To the extent scheduled bond proceeds exceed the estimated benefit payments in a given period, the yield calculation assumes those excess proceeds are reinvested at an assumed forward rate. The implied forward rate used in the bond model is based on the FTSE (formerly Citigroup) Pension Discount Curve as of the last day of the year. The selected discount rate for other benefits is from a discount rate curve matched to the assumed payout of related obligations.

The expected long-term rates of return on plan assets assumptions are based on the weighted average of expected returns for the major asset classes in which the plans’ assets are held. Asset-class expected returns are based on long-term historical returns, inflation expectations, forecasted gross domestic product and earnings growth, as well as other economic factors. The weights assigned to each asset class are based on the Company’s investment strategy. The weighted average expected return on plan assets used in the calculation of net periodic pension cost for 2020 is 5.16%.

Obligation and costs related to the Canadian retiree health plan are impacted by changes in trend rates.

91


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

The following table presents the assumed healthcare cost trend rates used in measuring the Company’s postretirement benefit obligations at year-ends:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Weighted average assumptions as of year-end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

 

6.20

%

 

 

6.40

%

 

 

6.60

%

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate

   trend rate)

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

4.50

%

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

 

2029

 

 

2029

 

 

2029

 

 

A 1% change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rates would impact operating income by less than $1 million.

The Company reassessed the assumptions, including those related to mortality, to measure the North American pension and other postretirement benefit plan obligations at year end 2019, adopting the most applicable mortality tables and improvement factors released in 2019 by The Society of Actuaries’ Retirement Plan Experience Committee. As a result of this assumption change, pension and other postretirement benefit plan obligations increased by $17 million and less than $1 million, respectively. As a result of the mortality assumption change in 2018, pension and other postretirement benefit plan obligations decreased by $3 million and less than $1 million, respectively.

Plan Assets

The allocation of pension plan assets by category at year-ends is as follows:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cash

 

 

1

%

 

 

1

%

Common collective trust funds

 

 

99

%

 

 

99

%

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

The Employee Benefit Committee is responsible for establishing and overseeing the implementation of the investment policy for the Company’s pension plans. The investment policy is structured to optimize growth of the pension plan trust assets, while minimizing the risk of significant losses, in order to enable the plans to satisfy their benefit payment obligations over time. The Company uses a glide path investment strategy and Company contributions as its primary rebalancing mechanisms to maintain the asset class exposures within the guideline ranges established under the investment policy.

In the second quarter of 2017, the Company reinvested substantially all of the assets attributable to the U.S. pension plans in common collective trust funds. The common collective trust funds are comprised of a diversified portfolio of investments across various asset classes, including U.S. and international equities and fixed-income securities. The common collective trust funds are valued at the net asset value (“NAV”) provided by the administrator of the fund. The net asset value is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of units outstanding.

The investment policy for the pension plan assets allows for a broad range of asset allocations that permit the plans to de-risk in response to changes in funded position and market risks. The investment policy includes a general target asset allocation range of 27% to 37% equity securities and 63% to 73% fixed income securities. The allocation range varies to be more weighted to fixed income securities as funded status increases. Occasionally, the Company may utilize futures or other financial instruments to alter the pension trust’s exposure to various asset classes in a lower-cost manner than trading securities in the underlying portfolios.

92


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

The following table presents the pension plan assets by level within the fair value hierarchy at year-ends.

 

(In millions)

 

Fair Value Measurements 2019

 

Asset Category

 

Total

 

 

Assets

Measured

at NAV (a)

 

 

Quoted

Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Plan assets measured at net asset value: (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common collective trust funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. small and mid-cap equity securities

 

$

24

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

U.S. large cap equity securities

 

 

96

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International equity securities

 

 

138

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

457

 

 

 

457

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government securities

 

 

93

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other fixed-income

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total common collective trust funds

 

 

825

 

 

 

825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total plan assets measured at net asset value

 

 

825

 

 

 

825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets measured in the fair value

   hierarchy:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total plan assets measured in the fair value

   hierarchy

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total plan assets

 

$

833

 

 

$

825

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

(a)

Fair values of Common collective trust funds are estimated using net asset value per unit as a practical expedient which are excluded from the disclosure requirement to classify amounts in the fair value hierarchy in connection with the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-07, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent).

 

93


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

(In millions)

 

Fair Value Measurements 2018

 

Asset Category

 

Total

 

 

Assets

Measured

at NAV (a)

 

 

Quoted

Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Plan assets measured at net asset value: (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common collective trust funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. small and mid-cap equity securities

 

$

14

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

U.S. large cap equity securities

 

 

70

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

International equity securities

 

 

135

 

 

 

135

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

375

 

 

 

375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government securities

 

 

161

 

 

 

161

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other fixed-income

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total common collective trust funds

 

 

773

 

 

 

773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total plan assets measured at net asset value

 

 

773

 

 

 

773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets measured in the fair value

   hierarchy:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total plan assets measured in the fair value

   hierarchy

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total plan assets

 

$

780

 

 

$

773

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

(a)

Fair values of Common collective trust funds are estimated using net asset value per unit as a practical expedient which are excluded from the disclosure requirement to classify amounts in the fair value hierarchy in connection with the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-07, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent).

 

Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on a trade-date basis. Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis. Dividends are recorded on the ex-dividend date.

Cash Flows

Pension plan contributions include required statutory minimum amounts and, in some years, additional discretionary amounts. In 2019, the Company contributed $3 million to these pension plans. Pension contributions for the full year of 2020 are estimated to be $10 million. The Company may elect at any time to make additional voluntary contributions.

Qualified pension benefit payments are paid from the assets held in the plan trust, while nonqualified pension and other benefit payments are paid by the Company. Anticipated benefit payments by year are as follows:

 

(In millions)

 

Pension

Benefits

 

 

Other

Benefits

 

2020

 

$

80

 

 

$

1

 

2021

 

 

77

 

 

 

1

 

2022

 

 

74

 

 

 

1

 

2023

 

 

72

 

 

 

1

 

2024

 

 

69

 

 

 

1

 

Next five years

 

 

299

 

 

 

4

 

 


94


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

PENSION PLAN — UNITED KINGDOM

The Company has a frozen defined benefit pension plan in the United Kingdom.

Obligations and Funded Status

The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in the projected benefit obligation, the fair value of plan assets and the funded status of the plan to amounts recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Changes in projected benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligation at beginning of period

 

$

203

 

 

$

249

 

Service cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

Plan amendments

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Plan settlements

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

Benefits paid

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(5

)

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

31

 

 

 

(29

)

Currency translation

 

 

6

 

 

 

(13

)

Obligation at end of period

 

 

236

 

 

 

203

 

Changes in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

 

 

282

 

 

 

313

 

Actual return (loss) on plan assets

 

 

29

 

 

 

(3

)

Company contributions

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Plan settlements

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

Benefits paid

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(5

)

Currency translation

 

 

9

 

 

 

(18

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

 

 

312

 

 

 

282

 

Net asset recognized at end of period

 

$

76

 

 

$

79

 

In the Consolidated Balance Sheets, the net funded amounts are classified as a non-current asset in the caption Other assets.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit

The components of net periodic benefit are presented below:

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Service cost

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Interest cost

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(11

)

Settlement gain

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Net periodic pension benefit

 

$

(1

)

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(5

)

 

Included in Accumulated other comprehensive income was deferred income of $8 million and $16 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Assumptions

Assumptions used in calculating the funded status and net periodic benefit included:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

 

 

1.76

%

 

 

2.61

%

 

 

2.64

%

Discount rate

 

 

2.10

%

 

 

3.00

%

 

 

2.60

%

Inflation

 

 

2.90

%

 

 

3.10

%

 

 

3.10

%

 

95


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

The long-term rate of return on assets assumption has been derived based on long-term UK government fixed income yields, having regard to the proportion of assets in each asset class. The funds invested in equities have been assumed to return 4.5% above the return on UK government securities of appropriate duration. A return equal to a 15 year AA bond index is assumed for funds invested in corporate bonds. Allowance is made for expenses of 0.17% of assets.

Plan Assets

The allocation of Plan assets is as follows:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cash

 

 

%

 

 

%

Equity securities

 

 

18

%

 

 

19

%

Fixed-income securities

 

 

82

%

 

 

81

%

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

A committee, comprised of representatives of the Company and of this plan, is responsible for establishing and overseeing the implementation of the investment policy for this plan. The plan’s investment policy and strategy are to ensure assets are available to meet the obligations to the beneficiaries and to adjust plan contributions accordingly. The plan trustees are also committed to reducing the level of risk in the plan over the long term, while retaining a return above that of the growth of liabilities. Matching investments are intended to provide a return similar to the increase in the plan liabilities. Growth investments are assets intended to provide a return in excess of the increase in liabilities. At December 28, 2019, the asset target allocation was in accordance with the investment strategy. Asset-class allocations within the ranges are continually evaluated based on expectations for future returns, the funded position of the plan and market risks.

 

The following table presents the pension plan assets by level within the fair value hierarchy.

 

(In millions)

 

Fair Value Measurements 2019

 

Asset Category

 

Total

 

 

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Cash

 

$

1

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Developed market equity funds

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging market equity funds

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds real estate

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Mutual funds

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

Total equity securities

 

 

55

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

18

 

Fixed-income securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK debt funds

 

 

107

 

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

 

Liability term matching debt funds

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

Emerging market debt fund

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

High yield debt

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

Total fixed-income securities

 

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

312

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

281

 

 

$

18

 

96


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

 

(In millions)

 

Fair Value Measurements 2018

 

Asset Category

 

Total

 

 

Quoted Prices

in Active

Markets for

Identical

Assets

(Level 1)

 

 

Significant

Observable

Inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

(Level 3)

 

Cash

 

$

1

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Developed market equity funds

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging market equity funds

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds real estate

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

Mutual funds

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

Total equity securities

 

 

54

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

19

 

Fixed-income securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK debt funds

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

Liability term matching debt funds

 

 

115

 

 

 

 

 

 

115

 

 

 

 

Emerging market debt fund

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

High yield debt

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

Total fixed-income securities

 

 

227

 

 

 

 

 

 

227

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

282

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

250

 

 

$

19

 

 

The following is a reconciliation of the change in fair value of the pension plan assets calculated based on Level 3 inputs:

 

(In millions)

 

Total

 

Balance at December 29, 2018

 

$

19

 

Net sales

 

 

(1

)

Balance at December 28, 2019

 

$

18

 

Cash Flows

Anticipated benefit payments for the European pension plan, at 2019 year-end exchange rates, are as follows:

 

(In millions)

 

Benefit

Payments

 

2020

 

$

11

 

2021

 

 

11

 

2022

 

 

12

 

2023

 

 

12

 

2024

 

 

12

 

Next five years

 

 

66

 

RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLANS

The Company also sponsors defined contribution plans for most of its employees. Eligible Company employees may participate in the Office Depot, Inc. Retirement Savings Plans (a plan for U.S. employees and a plan for Puerto Rico employees). All of the Company’s defined contribution plans (the “401(k) Plans”) allow eligible employees to contribute a percentage of their salary, commissions and bonuses in accordance with plan limitations and provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code and the Company makes partial matching contributions to each plan subject to the limits of the respective 401(k) Plans. Matching contributions are invested in the same manner as the participants’ pre-tax contributions. The 401(k) Plans also allow for a discretionary matching contribution in addition to the normal match contributions if approved by the Board of Directors.

Office Depot and OfficeMax previously sponsored non-qualified deferred compensation plans that allowed certain employees, who were limited in the amount they could contribute to their respective 401(k) plans, to defer a portion of their earnings and receive a Company matching amount. Both plans are closed to new contributions.

97


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

In connection with the acquisition of CompuCom, the Company assumed responsibility for sponsoring CompuCom’s defined contribution 401(k) matched savings plan (covering substantially all of the United States associates) and the defined contribution registered pension plan (covering substantially all of the Canadian associates).

Compensation expense for the Company’s contributions to these retirement savings plans was $25 million in 2019, $26 million in 2018 and $21 million in 2017.

NOTE 16. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In accordance with GAAP, certain assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company’s assets and liabilities that are adjusted to fair value on a recurring basis are money market funds that qualify as cash equivalents, and derivative financial instruments, which may be entered into to mitigate risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates, fuel and other commodity prices and interest rates. Amounts associated with derivative instruments were not significant.

  NONRECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

In addition to assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, the Company records certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as required by GAAP. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment charges. The Company recognized asset impairment charges of $56 million, $7 million and $4 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Of these asset impairment charges, $46 million in 2019 was related to impairment of operating lease ROU assets associated with the Company’s retail store locations, with the remainder primarily relating to impairment of fixed assets. All impairment charges discussed in the sections below are presented in Asset impairments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company regularly reviews retail store assets for impairment indicators at the individual store level, as this represents the lowest level of identifiable cash flows. When indicators of impairment are present, a recoverability analysis is performed which considers the estimated undiscounted cash flows over the retail store’s remaining life and uses input from retail operations and accounting and finance personnel. These inputs include management’s best estimates of retail store-level sales, gross margins, direct expenses, exercise of future lease renewal options when reasonably certain to be exercised, and resulting cash flows, by their nature, include judgments about how current initiatives will impact future performance. The assumptions used within the recoverability analysis for the retail stores were updated to consider current quarter retail store operational results and formal plans for additional retail store closures. These assumptions reflected declining sales over the forecast period, and gross margin and operating cost assumptions that are consistent with recent actual results and consider plans for future initiatives.

If the undiscounted cash flows of a retail store cannot support the carrying amount of its assets, the assets are impaired if necessary and written down to estimated fair value. The fair value of retail store assets is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis which uses Level 2 unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data such as real estate broker’s opinions. Specifically, the analysis uses assumptions of potential rental rates for each retail store location which are based on market data for comparable locations. These estimated cash flows used in the 2019 impairment calculation were discounted at a weighted average discount rate of 7%. For the fourth quarter 2019 calculation, a 100 basis point decrease in next year sales combined with a 50 basis point decrease in next year gross margin would have increased the impairment by less than $1 million. Further, a 100 basis point decrease in sales for all future periods would increase the impairment by less than $1 million.

The Company will continue to evaluate initiatives to improve performance and lower operating costs. To the extent that forward-looking sales and operating assumptions are not achieved and are subsequently reduced, additional impairment charges may result. However, at the end of 2019, the impairment recognized reflects the Company’s best estimate of future performance.

   OTHER FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, trade accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their carrying amounts because of their short-term nature.

98


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

The following table presents information about financial instruments at the balance sheet dates indicated.

 

 

 

December 28,

 

 

December 29,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

(In millions)

 

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Fair

Value

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Timber notes receivable

 

$

819

 

 

$

819

 

 

$

842

 

 

$

835

 

Company-owned life insurance

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

91

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recourse debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan, due 2022

 

 

393

 

 

 

409

 

 

 

463

 

 

 

490

 

Revenue bonds, due in varying amounts periodically

   through 2029

 

 

186

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

184

 

American & Foreign Power Company, Inc. 5% debentures,

   due 2030

 

 

15

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

Non-recourse debt — Timber notes

 

 

735

 

 

 

735

 

 

 

754

 

 

 

750

 

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

 

Timber notes receivable: Fair value is determined as the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the current interest rate for loans of similar terms with comparable credit risk (Level 2 measure). The change in fair value of the Timber notes receivable as compared to the prior period herein presented is due to a change in the yield used to discount the future cash flows, and not a change in the expected future cash flows.

 

Company-owned life insurance: In connection with the 2013 OfficeMax merger, the Company acquired company owned life insurance policies on certain former employees. The fair value of the company-owned life insurance policies is derived using determinable net cash surrender value (Level 2 measure).

 

Recourse debt: Recourse debt, for which there were no transactions on the measurement date, was valued based on quoted market prices near the measurement date when available or by discounting the future cash flows of each instrument using rates based on the most recently observable trade or using rates currently offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities (Level 2 measure).

 

Non-recourse debt: Fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows of the instrument at rates currently available to the Company for similar instruments of comparable maturities (Level 2 measure).


99


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

NOTE 17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

COMMITMENTS

The Company has a paper purchase agreement with Boise White Paper, L.L.C. (“Boise Paper”) under which it agreed to purchase office paper from Boise Paper and Boise Paper has agreed to supply office paper to the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the paper purchase agreement. Under the agreement, the Company has committed to purchase a portion of its paper product offering from Boise Paper. Purchases under the agreement were $541 million in 2019, $531 million in 2018 and $593 million in 2017.

INDEMNIFICATIONS

Indemnification obligations may arise from the Asset Purchase Agreement between OfficeMax Incorporated, OfficeMax Southern Company, Minidoka Paper Company, Forest Products Holdings, L.L.C. and Boise Land & Timber Corp. The Company has agreed to provide indemnification with respect to a variety of obligations. These indemnification obligations are subject, in some cases, to survival periods, deductibles and caps. At December 28, 2019, the Company is not aware of any material liabilities arising from these indemnifications. Additionally, the Company retains certain guarantees in place with respect to the liabilities or obligations of the European Business and remains contingently liable for these obligations. However, the Purchaser must indemnify and hold the Company harmless for any losses in connection with these guarantees. The Company currently does not believe it is probable it would be required to perform under any of these guarantees or any of the underlying obligations.

LEGAL MATTERS

The Company is involved in litigation arising in the normal course of business. While, from time to time, claims are asserted that make demands for a large sum of money (including, from time to time, actions which are asserted to be maintainable as class action suits), the Company does not believe that contingent liabilities related to these matters (including the matters discussed below), either individually or in the aggregate, will materially affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, sales to and transactions with government customers may be subject to lawsuits, investigations, audits and review by governmental authorities and regulatory agencies, with which the Company cooperates. Many of these lawsuits, investigations, audits and reviews are resolved without material impact to the Company. While claims in these matters may at times assert large demands, the Company does not believe that contingent liabilities related to these matters, either individually or in the aggregate, will materially affect its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2017 and May 2017, the Consumer Protection Divisions of each of the Office of Attorney General, State of Washington ("Washington AG'') and the Office of Attorney General, State of Texas (''Texas AG''), respectively, each issued a Civil Investigative Demand (“CID”) to the Company requiring the Company to produce certain documents and materials and to answer certain interrogatories relating to PC Healthcheck, a software program manufactured by a third-party vendor and provided to the Company for its customers prior to December 31, 2016. In November 2019, the State of Washington, King County Superior Court entered a Consent Decree that resolved the State of Washington’s investigation into the PC Healthcheck product. Under the terms of the Consent Decree, wherein the Company neither admitted nor denied the Washington AG’s allegations (except as to the Court having jurisdiction over the matter), the Washington AG agreed to accept payment of $900,000. The settlement payment was paid in or about November 2019, ten (10) business days after final entry of the Consent Decree by the Court. The Consent Decree contains conditions similar to the program required under the Stipulation to Entry of Order for Permanent Injunction and Monetary Judgment entered on March 29, 2019 by the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida as a result of a CID issued by the Federal Trade Commission in 2016. The Company continues to cooperate with the Texas AG with respect to its investigation. At this time, it is difficult to predict the timing, the likely outcome, and/or potential range of loss, if any, of the Texas state matters.

In addition to the foregoing, OfficeMax is named a defendant in a number of lawsuits, claims, and proceedings arising out of the operation of certain paper and forest products assets prior to those assets being sold in 2004, for which OfficeMax agreed to retain responsibility. Also, as part of that sale, OfficeMax agreed to retain responsibility for all pending or threatened proceedings and future proceedings alleging asbestos-related injuries arising out of the operation of the paper and forest products assets prior to the closing of the sale. The Company has made provision for losses with respect to the pending proceedings. Additionally, as of December 28, 2019, the Company has made provision for environmental liabilities with respect to certain sites where hazardous substances or other contaminants are or may be located. For these liabilities, our estimated range of reasonably possible losses was approximately $10 million to $20 million. The Company regularly monitors its estimated exposure to these liabilities. As additional information becomes known, these estimates may change, however, the Company does not believe any of these OfficeMax retained proceedings are material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

100


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

NOTE 18. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In the third quarter of 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan to sell substantially all of the operations of the former International Division through four disposal groups (Europe, South Korea, Oceania and mainland China). Collectively, these dispositions represent a strategic shift that had a major impact on the Company’s operations and financial results and have been accounted for as discontinued operations. As of the end of fiscal 2018, the sale of the International Operations was complete, and there are no further discontinued operations in 2019. As part of the disposition of its European business operations, the Company retained responsibility for the frozen defined benefits pension plan in the United Kingdom, which is included in continuing operations.

The sale and purchase agreement related to the disposition of the European business operations contains customary warranties of the Company and the purchaser, with the Company’s warranties limited to an aggregate of EUR 10 million. The Company monitors its estimated exposure to liabilities under the warranties under the sales and purchase agreement, and as of December 28, 2019, the Company believes it has made adequate provisions for its potential exposures related to these warranties. In addition, the Company retains certain guarantees in place with respect to the liabilities or obligations of the European Business and remains contingently liable for these obligations. However, the Purchaser must indemnify and hold the Company harmless for any losses in connection with these guarantees. The Company currently does not believe it is probable it would be required to perform under any of these guarantees or any of the underlying obligations.

The major components of Discontinued operations, net of tax presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are presented below.

 

(In millions)

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Sales

 

$

115

 

 

$

512

 

Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs

 

 

88

 

 

 

411

 

Operating expenses

 

 

21

 

 

 

102

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Other expense, net

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

Net (increase) reduction of loss on discontinued operations held for sale

 

 

(1

)

 

 

44

 

Net gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations

 

 

(4

)

 

 

4

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

11

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

5

 

 

$

35

 

 

NOTE 19. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

First Quarter

 

 

Second Quarter

 

 

Third Quarter

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

2,769

 

 

$

2,588

 

 

$

2,782

 

 

$

2,508

 

Gross profit

 

 

641

 

 

 

585

 

 

 

667

 

 

 

571

 

Operating income (loss) (1)

 

 

24

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

108

 

 

 

74

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

8

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

60

 

 

 

55

 

Net earnings (loss) per share (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

0.10

 

Diluted

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

(0.04

)

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

0.10

 

 

*

Due to rounding, the sum of the quarterly amounts may not equal the reported amounts for the year.

(1)

Includes Merger and restructuring expenses, net totaling $14 million, $69 million, $22 million and $11 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2019, respectively. The first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2019 also include asset impairments of $29 million, $16 million, $5 million and $6 million, respectively.

 (2)

The sum of the quarterly earnings per share does not equal the annual earnings per share due to differences in quarterly and annual weighted-average shares outstanding.

101


Table of Contents

 

OFFICE DEPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 

 

(In millions, except per share amounts)

 

First Quarter

 

 

Second Quarter

 

 

Third Quarter

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

2,830

 

 

$

2,628

 

 

$

2,887

 

 

$

2,670

 

Gross profit

 

 

667

 

 

 

596

 

 

 

686

 

 

 

602

 

Operating income (3)

 

 

77

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

24

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations (4)

 

 

33

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

(14

)

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

8

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

41

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

(14

)

Basic earnings (loss) per share (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

0.06

 

 

$

0.03

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

(0.02

)

Discontinued operations

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Net basic earnings per share

 

$

0.07

 

 

$

0.03

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

(0.02

)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

0.06

 

 

$

0.03

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

(0.02

)

Discontinued operations

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Net diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.07

 

 

$

0.03

 

 

$

0.11

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

*

Due to rounding, the sum of the quarterly amounts may not equal the reported amounts for the year.

(3)

Includes Merger and restructuring expenses, net totaling $17 million, $14 million, $14 million and $27 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2018, respectively. The fourth quarter of 2018 also includes asset impairments of $7 million and a legal expense of $25 million.

(4)

Includes a loss on debt modification of $15 million and a tax benefit of $4 million due to a book-to-tax basis difference related to the sale of Clearpath Holdings, LLC in the fourth quarter of 2018.

(5)

The sum of the quarterly earnings per share does not equal the annual earnings per share due to differences in quarterly and annual weighted-average shares outstanding.


 

102


Table of Contents

 

FORM 10-K CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

Item 1. Business

 

3

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

11

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not Applicable

Item 2. Properties

 

21

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

22

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not Applicable

PART II

 

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities

 

23

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

25

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

27

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

44

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

(a)

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

Not Applicable

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

44

Item 9B. Other Information

 

Not Applicable

PART III

 

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

46

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

46

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

46

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

46

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

46

PART IV

 

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

47

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

 

Not Applicable

SIGNATURES

 

50

 

(a)

Refer to Part IV — Item 15 of this Annual Report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

103